Memorex MVD2113 Service Manual

Add to my manuals
116 Pages

advertisement

Memorex MVD2113 Service Manual | Manualzz

CLASS 1

LASER PRODUCT

MVD2113

SERVICE MANUAL

COLOR TELEVISION/DVD PLAYER

ORIGINAL

MFR’S VERSION B

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

CAUTION

THIS DIGITAL VIDEO PLAYER EMPLOYS A LASER SYSTEM.

TO ENSURE PROPER USE OF THIS PRODUCT, PLEASE READ THIS SERVICE MANUAL CARE-

FULLY AND RETAIN FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. SHOULD THE UNIT REQUIRE MAINTENANCE,

CONTACT AN AUTHORIZED SERVICE LOCATION-SEE SERVICE PROCEDURE.

USE OF CONTROLS, ADJUSTMENTS OR THE PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN

THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE.

TO PREVENT DIRECT EXPOSURE TO LASER BEAM, DO NOT TRY TO OPEN THE ENCLOSURE.

VISIBLE LASER RADIATION MAY BE PRESENT WHEN THE ENCLOSURE IS OPENED. DO NOT

STARE INTO BEAM.

Location of the required Marking

The rating sheet and the safety caution are on the rear of the unit.

CERTIFICATION: COMPLIES WITH FDA

RADIATION PERFORMANCE STANDARDS,

21 CFR SUBCHAPTER J.

A1-1

1. KEEP THE NOTICES

As for the places which need special attentions, they are indicated with the labels or seals on the cabinet, chassis and parts. Make sure to keep the indications and notices in the operation manual.

2. AVOID AN ELECTRIC SHOCK

There is a high voltage part inside. Avoid an electric shock while the electric current is flowing.

3. USE THE DESIGNATED PARTS

The parts in this equipment have the specific characters of incombustibility and withstand voltage for safety. Therefore, the part which is replaced should be used the part which has the same character.

Especially as to the important parts for safety which is indicated in the circuit diagram or the table of parts as a mark, the designated parts must be used.

4. PUT PARTS AND WIRES IN THE

ORIGINAL POSITION AFTER

ASSEMBLING OR WIRING

There are parts which use the insulation material such as a tube or tape for safety, or which are assembled in the condition that these do not contact with the printed board.

The inside wiring is designed not to get closer to the pyrogenic parts and high voltage parts.

Therefore, put these parts in the original positions.

5. TAKE CARE TO DEAL WITH THE

CATHODE-RAY TUBE

In the condition that an explosion-proof cathoderay tube is set in this equipment, safety is secured against implosion. However, when removing it or serving from backward, it is dangerous to give a shock. Take enough care to deal with it.

SERVICING NOTICES ON CHECKING

6. AVOID AN X-RAY

Safety is secured against an X-ray by considering about the cathode-ray tube and the high voltage peripheral circuit, etc.

Therefore, when repairing the high voltage peripheral circuit, use the designated parts and make sure not modify the circuit.

Repairing except indicates causes rising of high voltage, and it emits an X-ray from the cathoderay tube.

7.

PERFORM A SAFETY CHECK AFTER

SERVICING

Confirm that the screws, parts and wiring which were removed in order to service are put in the original positions, or whether there are the portions which are deteriorated around the serviced places serviced or not. Check the insulation between the antenna terminal or external metal and the AC cord plug blades.

And be sure the safety of that.

(INSULATION CHECK PROCEDURE)

1.

2.

Unplug the plug from the AC outlet.

Remove the antenna terminal on TV and turn

3.

on the TV.

Insulation resistance between the cord plug terminals and the eternal exposure metal

[Note 2] should be more than 1M ohm by using the 500V insulation resistance meter

[Note 1].

4.

If the insulation resistance is less than 1M ohm, the inspection repair should be required.

[Note 1]

If you have not the 500V insulation resistance meter, use a Tester.

[Note 2]

External exposure metal: Antenna terminal

Earphone jack

HOW TO ORDER PARTS

Please include the following informations when you order parts. (Particularly the VERSION LETTER.)

1. MODEL NUMBER and VERSION LETTER

The MODEL NUMBER can be found on the back of each product and the VERSION LETTER can be

found at the end of the SERIAL NUMBER.

2. PART NO. and DESCRIPTION

You can find it in your SERVICE MANUAL.

A1-2

IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

READ INSTRUCTIONS

All the safety and operating instructions should be read before the unit is operated.

RETAIN INSTRUCTIONS

The safety and operating instructions should be retained for future reference.

HEED WARNINGS

All warnings on the unit and in the operating instructions should be adhered to.

FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS

All operating and use instructions should be followed.

CLEANING

Unplug this unit from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners. Use a damp cloth for cleaning.

ATTACHMENTS

Do not use attachments not recommended by the unit’s manufacturer as they may cause hazards.

WATER AND MOISTURE

Do not use this unit near water. For example, near a bathtub, washbowl, kitchen sink, or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool.

ACCESSORIES

PORTABLE CART WARNING

(symbol provided by RETAC)

Do not place this unit on an unstable cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table. The unit may fall, causing serious injury, and serious damage to the unit. Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table recommended by the manufacturer.

8A.

An appliance and cart combination should be moved with care. Quick stops, excessive force,

9.

and uneven surfaces may cause the appliance and cart combination to overturn.

VENTILATION

S3126A

Slots and openings in the cabinet and in the back or bottom are provided for ventilation, to ensure reliable operation of the unit, and to protect it from overheating. These openings must not be blocked or covered. The openings should never be blocked by placing the unit on a bed, sofa, rug, or other similar surface. This unit should never be placed near or over a radiator or heat source . This unit should not be placed in a built-in installation such as a bookcase or rack unless proper ventilation is provided or the manufacturer’s instructions have been adhered to.

10.

POWER SOURCES

This unit should be operated only from the type of power source indicated on the rating plate. If you are not sure of the type of power supply to your home, consult your appliance dealer or local power company. For units intended to operate from battery power, or other sources, refer to the operating instructions.

11.

GROUNDING OR POLARIZATION

This unit is equipped with a polarized alternating-current line plug (a plug having one blade wider than the other). This plug will fit into the power outlet only one way. This is a safety feature. If you are unable to insert the plug fully into the outlet, try reversing the plug. If the plug should still fail to fit, contact your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized plug. If your unit is equipped with a 3-wire grounding-type plug, a plug having a third (grounding) pin, this plug will only fit into a grounding-type power outlet. This too, is a safety feature. If you are unable to insert the plug into the outlet, contact your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the grounding-type plug.

12.

POWER-CORD PROTECTION

Power-supply cords should be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against them, paying particular attention to cords at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exit from the appliance.

13.

LIGHTNING

To protect your unit from a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the unit due to lightning and power line surges.

14.

POWER LINES

An outside antenna system should not be located in the vicinity of overhead power lines or other electric light or power circuits, or where it can fall into such power lines or circuits. When installing an outside antenna system, extreme care should be taken to keep from touching such power lines or circuits, as contact with them might be fatal.

15.

OVERLOADING

Do not overload wall outlets and extension cords, as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock.

16.

OBJECT AND LIQUID ENTRY

Do not push objects through any openings in this unit, as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short out parts that could result in fire or electric shock. Never spill or spray any type of liquid into the unit.

17.

OUTDOOR ANTENNA GROUNDING

If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the unit, be sure the antenna or cable system is grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Section 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with respect to proper grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode.

18.

SERVICING

Do not attempt to service this unit yourself as opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage or other hazards.

Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.

A1-3

IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS

(CONTINUED)

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

DAMAGE REQUIRING SERVICE

Unplug this unit from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel under the following conditions: a.

b.

c.

™When the power-supply cord or plug is damaged.

If liquid has been spilled, or objects have fallen into the unit.

If the unit has been exposed to rain or water.

d.

If the unit does not operate normally by following the operating instructions. Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions, as an improper adjustment of other controls may result in damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the unit to its normal operation.

If the unit has been dropped or the cabinet has been damaged.

e.

f.

When the unit exhibits a distinct change in performance, this indicates a need for service.

REPLACEMENT PARTS

When replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician uses replacement parts specified by the manufacturer or those that have the same characteristics as the original parts.

Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric shock or other hazards.

SAFETY CHECK

Upon completion of any service or repairs to this unit, ask the service technician to perform safety checks to determine that the unit is in proper operating condition.

WALL OR CEILING MOUNTING

The product should be mounted to a wall or ceiling only as recommended by the manufacturer.

HEAT

The product should be situated away from heat sources such as radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other products (including amplifiers) that produce heat.

DISC TRAY

Keep your fingers well clear of the disc tray as it is closing. It may cause serious personal injury.

CONNECTING

When you connect the product to other equipment, turn off the power and unplug all of the equipment from the wall outlet. Failure to do so may cause an electric shock and serious personal injury. Read the owner's manual of the other equipment carefully and follow the instructions when making any connections.

SOUND VOLUME

Reduce the volume to the minimum level before you turn on the product. Otherwise, sudden high volume sound may cause hearing or speaker damage.

SOUND DISTORTION

Do not allow the product output distorted sound for a longtime. It may cause speaker overheating and fire.

HEADPHONES

When you use the headphones, keep the volume at a moderate level. If you use the headphones continuously with high volume sound, it may cause hearing damage.

LEASER BEAM

Do not look into the opening of the disc tray or ventilation opening of the product to see the source of the laser beam. It may cause sight damage.

DISC

Do not use a cracked, deformed, or repaired disc. These discs are easily broken and may cause serious personal injury and product malfunction.

NOTE TO CATV SYSTEM INSTALLER

This reminder is provided to call the CATV system installer’s attention to Article 820-40 of the NEC that provides guidelines for proper grounding and, in particular, specifies that the cable ground shall be connected to the grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical.

EXAMPLE OF ANTENNA GROUNDING AS PER THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE

ANTENNA LEAD IN WIRE

GROUND CLAMP

ELECTRIC SERVICE

EQUIPMENT

NEC-NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE

S2898A

ANTENNA DISCHARGE UNIT

(NEC SECTION 810-20)

GROUNDING CONDUCTORS

(NEC SECTION 810-21)

GROUND CLAMPS

POWER SERVICE GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM

(NEC ART 250, PART H)

A1-4

DISC REMOVAL METHOD AT NO POWER SUPPLY

1.

2.

3.

Remove the Back Cabinet and AV PCB/DVD Block. (Refer to item 1 of the DISASSEMBLY

INSTRUCTIONS.)

Slide the Rack Loading (White) toward the arrow direction by using a minus driver to release the lock.

(Refer to Fig. 1)

Draw the Tray.

Rack Loading

(White) Deck CD

Fig. 1

PARENTAL CONTROL - RATING LEVEL

4 DIGIT PASSWORD CANCELLATION

If the stored 4 digit password in the Rating Level menu needs to be cancelled, please follow the steps below.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Turn Unit ON.

Press and hold the 'STOP' key on the front panel.

Simultaneously press and hold the '7' key on the remote control unit.

Hold both keys for more than 3 seconds.

5.

6.

The On Screen Display message 'PASSWORD CLEAR' will appear.

The 4 digit password has now been cleared.

NB: The above procedure will reset ALL of the player's settings to the default factory state.

A1-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAUTION .................................................................................................................................

A1-1

SERVICING NOTICES ON CHECKING ..................................................................................

A1-2

HOW TO ORDER PARTS .......................................................................................................

A1-2

IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS ..................................................................................................

A1-3, A1-4

DISC REMOVAL METHOD AT NO POWER SUPPLY ..........................................................

A1-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS ..........................................................................................................

A2-1

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................

A3-1~A3-5

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

1. REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL PARTS AND P.C. BOARDS ...........................................

B1-1, B1-2

2. REMOVAL OF DVD DECK PARTS .................................................................................

B2-1, B2-4

3. REMOVAL OF ANODE CAP ...........................................................................................

B3-1

4. REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF FLAT PACKAGE IC .............................................

B4-1, B4-2

SERVICE MODE LIST .............................................................................................................

C-1

CONFIRMATION OF HOURS USED ......................................................................................

C-1

WHEN REPLACING EEPROM (MEMORY) IC .......................................................................

C-2

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS ..............................................................................................

D-1~D-6

BLOCK DIAGRAMS

DVD ......................................................................................................................................

E-1, E-2

TV .........................................................................................................................................

E-3, E-4

POWER ................................................................................................................................

E-5, E-6

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS

DVD ......................................................................................................................................

F-1, F-2

AV/CRT ................................................................................................................................

F-3~F-6

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

MPEG/MICON ......................................................................................................................

G-1, G-2

MEMORY .............................................................................................................................

G-3, G-4

RF AMP/DSP .......................................................................................................................

G-5, G-6

AUDIO/VIDEO .....................................................................................................................

G-7, G-8

REGULATOR .......................................................................................................................

G-9, G-10

MICON/TUNER ....................................................................................................................

G-11, G-12

VIF/SIF/CHROMA ................................................................................................................

G-13, G-14

SOUND AMP .......................................................................................................................

G-15, G-16

IN/OUT .................................................................................................................................

G-17, G-18

STEREO ..............................................................................................................................

G-19, G-20

DEFLECTION ......................................................................................................................

G-21, G-22

CRT ......................................................................................................................................

G-23, G-24

POWER ...............................................................................................................................

G-25, G-26

INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM ............................................................................................

G-27, G-28

WAVEFORMS .........................................................................................................................

H-1~H-3

MECHANICAL EXPLODED VIEW ..........................................................................................

I1-1, I1-2

DVD DECK EXPLODED VIEW ...............................................................................................

I2-1

MECHANICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ......................................................................

J1-1

DVD DECK REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ............................................................................

J2-1

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ........................................................................

J3-1, J3-2

A2-1

G - 1

G - 2

G - 3

G - 4

G - 5

G - 6

G - 7

G - 8

G - 9

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

T V

S y s t e m

DVD System

T u n i n g

S y s t e m

S i g n a l

P o w e r

Regulation

Temperature

CRT CRT Size / Visual Size

CRT Type

Deflection

Magnetic Field BV/BH

Color System

Speaker

Sound Output

Position

Size

Impedance

Max

10%(Typical)

Color System

Disc

Disc Diameter

Deck

Search speed

Disc Loading System

Motor

Pick up

Playback time(Max) DVD DVD 1-Layer

DVD 2-Layer

CD

Video CD

Fwd

Slow speed

Rev

Broadcasting System

Tuner and

Receive CH

System

Destination

Tuning System

Input Impedance

CH Coverage

Intermediate Picture(FP)

Frequency Sound(FS)

FP-FS

Preset CH

Stereo/Dual TV Sound

Tuner Sound Muting

Video Signal Input Level

Output Level

S/N Ratio (Weighted)

Horizontal Resolution at DVD Mode

RGB Signal

Audio Signal

Output Level

Input Level

Output Level

Digital Output Level

S/N Ratio at DVD (Weighted)

13 inch / 335.4 mmV

Normal

90 degree

+0.45G / 0.18G

NTSC

2 Speaker

Front

1.5 x 2.7 inch

8 ohm

1.5W + 1.5W

1.0W + 1.0W

NTSC

DVD, CD-DA, CD-R/RW

120 mm , 80 mm

Front Loading

2 Motors

1-Lens 2-Beams System

135min (4.7GB)

245min (8.5GB)

74min

74min

2-20 times / 4 step

Actual 2-45 times (DVD)

4-40 times (CD)

2-20 times / 4 step

Actual 2-45 times (DVD)

4-40 times (CD)

Fwd 1/7 - 1/2 times

Actual --

Actual

Rev 1/7 - 1/2 times

--

US System M

1Tuner

US(w/CATV)

F-Synth

VHF/UHF 75 Ohm

2~69, 4A, A-5~A-1, A~I, J~W, W+1~W+84

45.75MHz

41.25MHz

4.50MHz

US-Stereo

Yes

1 V p-p/75 ohm

--

--

--

--

--

No

-8.0dBm/50k ohm

--

0.5 V p-p/75 ohm

--

Power Source

Power Consumption

Protector

Operating Humidity

On Screen

D i s p l a y

Menu(TV)

Menu Type

Harmonic Distortion --

Frequency Response : at DVD -at Video CD -at SVCD -at CD --

AC

DC

Stand by (at AC)

120V, 60Hz

-at AC 75W at 120V 60Hz at DC --

5W at 120V 60Hz

Per Year

Power Fuse

Safety Circuit

IC Protector(Micro Fuse)

Dew Sensor

Safety

Radiation

X-Radiation

Laser

Operation

Storage

-- kWh/Year

Yes

Yes

UL

FCC

DHHS

DHHS

+5 o

No

No

C ~ +40

Yes

Icon o C

-20 o C ~ +60 o C

Less than 80% RH

A3-1

G - 1 0 On Screen

D i s p l a y

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

TV Setup

Picture

Audio

Channel Setup

Picture Preference

V-chip Setup

Language

Sleep Timer

CH / AV(LINE) / DVD

Stereo/Audio Output

Control

Level

Bilingual

SAP

Volume

Bright / Contrast / Sharpness / Color

Tint

Bass/Treble/Balance

Caption / Text

TV/CATV

Auto CH Memory

Add/ Delete

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

Auto Search/Position

Game

Mute

Menu (DVD)

Menu Type

Language

Picture

Sound

Parental

Other

Open

Close

No disc

Reading

Play

Still/Pause

Stop

Prohibit Mark

Step

Skip(>>|)

Skip(|<<)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Random

Repeat

Yes (CD )

Yes

Slow+ Yes

Slow- Yes

Search+ Yes

No

No

Menu

Subtitle

Audio

TV Screen Size

OSD Display On/Off

JPEG Interval

Select Files

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

DRC (Dynamic Range Control) Yes dts Decode

Output(5.1ch/ 2ch)

Surround On/Off

Center On/Off

Sub Woofer On/Off

Password Lock/ Un Lock

Rating Level

Yes

Yes

Yes

OSD Language(Set up Language)

Output(RGB/Composite)

Yes

Yes

Character

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Search- Yes

Jump Yes

Resume

Title No.

Chapter No.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Track No.

Time

Sub Title No.

Angle No.

Vocal On/Off

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Audio No.

Audio Stereo L/R

Zoom

Marker No.

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

A3-2

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

G - 1 1 OSD Language

G - 1 2 Clock and

Timer

G - 1 3 R e m o t e

Control

G - 1 4 F e a t u r e s

Program Play Back

Surround On/Off

Screen Saver

JPEG

(TV)

(DVD)

Sleep Timer Max Time

Step

Program(On Timer / Off Timer) On/Off Timer

Wake Up Timer

Timer Back-up (at Power Off Mode) more than

Folder Name

File Name

File No

Time

Track No

Unit

Glow in Dark Remocon

Format

Custom Code

Power Source

Keys

Voltage(D.C)

UM size x pcs

Total Keys

Power

1

4

5

2

3

6

9

0

7

8

Open/Close

Play

Stop

Search+

Search-

Skip+

Skip-

Slow+

Slow-

Still/Pause

Display/Call

TV/DVD

Cancel

Audio Select

Angle

Subtitle

Top Menu

Setup/TV Menu

Return

DVD Menu

Up/ Set+/ CH Up

Down/ Set-/ CH Down

Left/Select-

Right/Select+

Select/Enter

Play Mode

Marker

Input Select

Volume +

Volume -

Repeat A-B

Zoom/ Quick View

Mute

Sleep

Jump/Closed Caption

Freeze frame

CATV

Auto Shut Off

Auto CH Memory

V-Chip USA V-chip

CANADA V-chip

Auto Search

SAP

Game Position

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes (CD)

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

English, French, Spanish

English, French, Spanish

120 Min

10 Min

No

No

-- Min Sec

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

RC-HE

No

NEC

71-8Eh

3V

UM-4 x 2 pcs

46 Keys

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

Yes

No

A3-3

G - 1 5 Accessories

G - 1 6 I n t e r f a c e

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

FM Transmitter

Energy Star

Closed Caption

Comb Filter

Protect of FBT Leak Circuit

Choke Coil

Power On Memory

Tray Lock

Parental Lock (DVD Only)

Video CD Playback

SVCD Playback

Overlay Graphics And Text

Command List

Entry Point Jump

MP3 Playback

WMA Playback

JPEG Playback

Digital Out

Down Mix Out

(Dolby Digital)

(MPEG)

(PCM)

(DTS)

(Dolby Digital)

(DTS)

Surround (Tru Surround)

Screen Saver

Picture Preference

Auto Setup

Audio DAC

Owner's Manual Language w/Guarantee Card

Remote Control Unit

Battery

UM size x pcs

OEM Brand

Rod Antenna

Poles

Terminal

W/300 ohm to 75 ohm antenna adapter

Loop Antenna

Terminal

U/V Mixer

300 ohm to 75 ohm Antenna Adapter

Antenna Change Plug

Guarantee Card

Registration Card

Warranty Card

ESP Card

Service Station List

DC Car Cord (Center+)

Columbia Offer Sheet

Sheet Information (Return)

Switch Front

Indicator

Terminals

Rear

Front

Power (Tact)

Channel Up

Channel Down

Volume Up

Volume Down

Play

Open/Close

Skip(>>|)

Skip(|<<)

Still/Pause

Stop

Main Power SW

Main Power SW

Power

Stand-by

On Timer

Video Input

Rear

Audio Input

Other Terminal

Video Input

Audio Input

Video Output

Audio Output

Digital Audio Output

Diversity

DC Jack 12V(Center +)

A3-4

No

No

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

Yes

No

192kHz / 24bit

English / Spanish

Yes

Yes

No

--

-No

Yes

1 pole

F type

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

No

Yes (Red)

No

No

RCA x 1

RCA x 2(Stereo)

Head Phone

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

--

No

No

No

No

No

Coaxial (DVD Only)

No

No

G - 1 7 Set Size

G - 1 8 W e i g h t

G - 1 9 C a r t o n

G - 2 0 M a t e r i a l

G - 2 1 Environment

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Master Carton

VHF/UHF Antenna Input F Type

Approx. W x D x H (mm) 362x365x382

Net (Approx.)

Gross (Approx.)

11.0kg (24.3lbs)

12.5kg (27.6lbs)

No

Gift Box

Content

Material

Dimensions W x D x H(mm)

Description of Origin

Material

W/Color Photo Label

Dimensions W x D x H(mm)

Design

Description of Origin

Drop Test

Height (cm)

Container Stuffing (40' container)

Cabinet Front

Rear

Natural Dropping At

--- Sets

--- / ---

---

---

Yes

Double/Brown

No

423x447x443

As Per Buyer 's

Yes

1 Corner / 3 Edges / 6 Surfaces

62

700 Sets

PS

PS

94V0 DECABROM

94V0 DECABROM

-

PCB

Pb Free

Cd Free

Jack Panel

Non-Halogen Demand

Eyelet Demand

Lead-free Solder

Other

Yes

No

No

No

No

A3-5

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

1. REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL PARTS

AND P.C. BOARDS

1-1: BACK CABINET (Refer to Fig. 1-1)

1.

2.

3.

4.

Remove the 4 screws 1 .

Remove the screw 2 which are used for holding the

Back Cabinet.

Remove the AC cord from the AC cord hook 3 .

Remove the Back Cabinet in the direction of arrow.

1-3: AV PCB/DVD BLOCK (Refer to Fig. 1-3)

1.

2.

3.

4.

Remove the screw 1 .

Remove the screw 2 .

Disconnect the following connectors:

(CP301, CP401, CP302 and CP3800).

Remove the AV PCB/DVD Block in the direction of arrow.

1

2

Front Cabinet

Front Cabinet

1

1

1

2

1

3

Back Cabinet

Fig. 1-1

1-2: CRT PCB (Refer to Fig. 1-2)

CAUTION: BEFORE REMOVING THE ANODE CAP,

DISCHARGE ELECTRICITY BECAUSE IT

CONTAINS HIGH VOLTAGE.

BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO REMOVE OR

REPAIR ANY PCB, UNPLUG THE POWER

CORD FROM THE AC SOURCE.

1.

2.

3.

Remove the Anode Cap.

(Refer to REMOVAL OF ANODE CAP)

Disconnect the following connector:

(CP801 and CP803B).

Remove the CRT PCB in the direction of arrow.

Front Cabinet

CRT PCB

AV PCB/DVD Block

Fig. 1-3

1-4: DVD BLOCK (Refer to Fig. 1-4)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Remove the 11 screws 1 .

Remove the Top Shield in the direction of arrow (A).

Disconnect the following connectors:

(CP8001 and CP8002).

Remove the 4 screws 2 .

Remove the DVD Block in the direction of arrow (B).

Remove the screw 3 .

Remove the Jack Shield.

Remove the AV PCB in the direction of arrow (C).

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

(A)

Top Shield

2

1

2

1

2

DVD Block

2

(B)

AV PCB

Jack Shield

3

(C)

Fig. 1-2

Bottom Plate

Fig. 1-4

B1-1

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

1-5: DVD PCB/DVD DECK (Refer to Fig. 1-5)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Make the short circuit on the position as shown Fig. 1-5 using a soldering. If you remove the DVD Deck with no soldering, the Laser may be damaged.

Disconnect the following connectors:

(CP2601, CP2602 and CP2603).

Remove the 4 screws 1 .

Remove the DVD Deck in the direction of arrow (A).

Remove the 4 screws 2 .

Remove the DVD PCB in the direction of arrow (B).

Make the short circuit using a soldering.

1

1

1

DVD Deck

2

DVD PCB

2

2

1

(A)

2

(B)

Pick Up PCB

Deck Angle

Fig. 1-5

NOTE

When the installation of the DVD Deck, remove all the soldering on the short circuit position after the connection of

Pick Up PCB and DVD PCB connector.

B1-2

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

2. REMOVAL OF DVD DECK PARTS

NOTE

1. Do not disassemble the DVD DECK PARTS except listed parts here. Minute adjustments are needed if the disassemble is done. If the repair is needed except listed parts, replace the DVD MECHA ASS'Y.

2-1: TRAY (Refer to Fig. 2-1-A)

1.

2.

Set the Tray opened. (Refer to the DISC REMOVAL

METHOD AT NO POWER SUPPLY)

Unlock the support 1 and remove the Tray.

NOTE

1. In case of the Main Chassis Ass'y, install it from (1) to

(6) in order. (Refer to Fig. 2-2-B)

Rack Loading

1

2

3

Main Chassis Ass'y

4

6

Move it to the direction of the arrow.

Main Frame Ass'y

5

6

Check Lock

4

5

Main Frame Ass'y

1

Tray

Fig. 2-2-B

Fig. 2-1-A

NOTE

1. In case of the Tray installation, install them as the circled section of Fig. 2-1-B so that the each markers are met.

Tray

2-3: RACK LOADING/MAIN GEAR/ RACK LOADING

SPRING (Refer to Fig. 2-3)

1.

2.

3.

Press down the catcher 1 and slide the Rack Loading.

Remove the Rack Loading, Rack Loading Spring and

Main Gear.

Remove the Rack Loading, Rack L Spring and Main

Gear.

Rack Loading

Main Gear

Rack Loading Spring

Rack L Spring

Main Frame Ass'y Fig. 2-1-B

2-2: MAIN CHASSIS ASS'Y (Refer to Fig. 2-2-A)

1.

2.

3.

Remove the Main Chassis Ass'y from the Insulator (R).

Unlock the support 1 .

Remove the Main Chassis Ass'y.

Insulator (R)

(Green)

Main Frame Ass'y

1

Main Frame Ass'y

1

Fig. 2-3

2-4: CLAMPER ASS'Y/INSULATOR(R)/LEVER SWITCH

(Refer to Fig. 2-4-A)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Remove the screw 1 .

Remove the Lever Switch.

Remove the 2 Insulator (R).

Press the Clamper and rotate the Clamper Plate clockwise, then unlock the 3 supports 2 .

Remove the Clamper Plate, Clamper Magnet and

Clamper.

Clamper Plate

Clamper Magnet

Insulator (R)

(Green)

Insulator (R)

(Green)

Main Frame

Main Chassis Ass'y

Fig. 2-2-A

Lever Switch

1

2 2

2

Clamper

Fig. 2-4-A

B2-1

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

NOTE

1.

2.

3.

4.

When installing the Clamper Magnet, install it with the green face up.

When installing the wire of the Lever Switch, install it correctly as Fig. 2-4-B.

When installing the Lever Switch, install it correctly as

Fig. 2-4-C.

In case of the Lever Switch installation, hook the wire on the Main Frame as shown Fig. 2-4-D.

Main Chassis Ass'y

Lever Switch

Traverse Holder

2-6: SWITCH PCB ASS'Y (Refer to Fig. 2-6-A)

1.

2.

Remove the screw 1 .

Remove the Switch PCB Ass'y.

1

Fig. 2-5-B

Blue

White

Red

From DVD PCB

Fig. 2-4-B

Switch PCB Ass'y

Rack Loading

The Lever should be position between A and B.

A B

Fig. 2-4-C

Main Chassis Ass'y

• Screw Torque: 4

±

0.5kgf•cm

Fig. 2-6-A

NOTE

1. When installing the wire of the Switch PCB, install it correctly as Fig. 2-6-B.

Switch PCB Ass'y

Black

White

From Relay PCB

Lever Switch

Fig. 2-4-D

Fig. 2-6-B

2-7: RACK FEED ASS'Y (Refer to Fig. 2-7-A)

1.

2.

Remove the screw 1 .

Remove the Rack Feed 1A Spring, Rack Feed 1A/2A and Rack Feed Lever.

1

Rack Feed 2A

2-5: TRAVERSE HOLDER/INSULATOR (F)

(Refer to Fig. 2-5-A)

1.

2.

Remove the Traverse Holder.

Remove the 2 Insulator (F).

Main Chassis Ass'y

Insulator (F)

(Black)

Traverse Holder

Rack Feed 1A Spring

Rack Feed Lever

Rack Feed 1A

Main Chassis Ass'y

Insulator (F)

(Black)

Fig. 2-5-A

NOTE

1. After the installing of the Traverse Holder, check if the wire is like Fig. 2-5-B.

B2-2

• Screw Torque: 3.5

±

0.5kgf•cm Fig. 2-7-A

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

NOTE

1.

2.

After the assembly of the Rack Feed, check if the Rack

Feed 1/2 is moving smoothly. (Refer to Fig. 2-7-B)

In case of the Rack Feed Ass'y installation, install correctly as Fig. 2-7-C.

2-9: GEAR (Refer to Fig. 3-9-A)

1.

2.

Unlock the support 1 .

Remove the Middle Gear 1/2/3, Idler Gear and Feed

Gear.

Middle Gear 2

Moving smoothly

Middle Gear 1

Middle Gear 3

Idler Gear

Feed Gear

Moving smoothly

Fig. 2-7-B

Should not be engaged.

Check the position of the Rack Feed Lever.

2-8: RELAY PCB ASS'Y (Refer to Fig. 3-8-A)

1.

2.

Remove the screw 1 .

Remove the Relay PCB Ass'y.

Main Chassis Ass'y

Fig. 2-7-C

Main Chassis Ass'y

1

Fig. 2-9-A

NOTE

1.

In case of the Idler Gear installation, install correctly as

Fig. 2-9-B.

2.

When installing the Middle Gear 2, check if the Middle

Gear 2 is locked correctly as Fig. 2-9-C.

[OK]

Idler Gear

[NG]

Idler Gear

Relay PCB Ass'y

• Screw Torque: 4

±

0.5kgf•cm 1

Fig. 2-8-A

NOTE

1. When installing the wire of the Relay PCB, install it correctly as Fig. 2-8-B.

Idler Arm

Check Lock

Idler Arm

Fig. 2-9-B

Middle Gear 2

2-10: IDLER ARM 2 (Refer to Fig. 2-10-A)

1.

Remove the Idler Arm 2.

Fig. 2-9-C

Idler Arm 2

Main Chassis Ass'y

Fig. 2-10-A

Fig. 2-8-B

B2-3

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

2-11: FEED MOTOR (Refer to Fig. 2-11-A)

1.

2.

3.

Remove the 2 screws 1 .

Remove the Feed Motor.

Remove the Motor Gear.

1 1

Main Chassis Ass'y

Motor Gear

Feed Motor

• Screw Torque: 1

±

0.5kgf•cm

Fig. 2-11-A

NOTE

1.

2.

In case of the Motor Gear installation, check if the value of the Fig. 2-11-B is correct.

When installing the Feed Motor, check if the cable is positioned as Fig. 2-11-C.

Motor Gear

Feed Motor

Safety surface for pressing of the insert.

Main Chassis Ass'y

6.1

±

0.1mm

Fig. 2-11-B

Pass the cable between 2 pins.

Feed Motor

Fig. 2-11-C

B2-4

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

3. REMOVAL OF ANODE CAP

Read the following NOTED items before starting work.

*

*

After turning the power off there might still be a potential voltage that is very dangerous. When removing the

Anode Cap, make sure to discharge the Anode Cap's potential voltage.

Do not use pliers to loosen or tighten the Anode Cap terminal, this may cause the spring to be damaged.

REMOVAL

1. Follow the steps as follows to discharge the Anode Cap.

(Refer to Fig. 3-1.)

Connect one end of an Alligator Clip to the metal part of a flat-blade screwdriver and the other end to ground.

While holding the plastic part of the insulated Screwdriver, touch the support of the Anode with the tip of the

Screwdriver.

A cracking noise will be heard as the voltage is discharged.

3. After one side is removed, pull in the opposite direction to remove the other.

NOTE

Take care not to damage the Rubber Cap.

INSTALLATION

1. Clean the spot where the cap was located with a small amount of alcohol. (Refer to Fig. 3-3.)

NOTE

Confirm that there is no dirt, dust, etc. at the spot where the cap was located.

Location of Anode Cap

GND on the CRT

Fig. 3-3

2.

3.

Arrange the wire of the Anode Cap and make sure the wire is not twisted.

Turn over the Rubber Cap. (Refer to Fig. 3-4.)

Screwdriver

Support

CRT

Alligator Clip

GND on the CRT

Fig. 3-1

2.

Flip up the sides of the Rubber Cap in the direction of the arrow and remove one side of the support.

(Refer to Fig. 3-2.)

Rubber Cap

Fig. 3-4

4. Insert one end of the Anode Support into the anode button, then the other as shown in Fig. 3-5.

CRT

Support

Fig. 3-2

CRT Support

5.

6.

Confirm that the Support is securely connected.

Put on the Rubber Cap without moving any parts.

Fig. 3-5

B3-1

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

4.

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF

FLAT PACKAGE IC

REMOVAL

1.

Put the Masking Tape (cotton tape) around the Flat

Package IC to protect other parts from any damage.

(Refer to Fig. 4-1.)

NOTE

Masking is carried out on all the parts located within

10 mm distance from IC leads.

3.

When IC starts moving back and forth easily after desoldering completely, pickup the corner of the IC using a tweezers and remove the IC by moving with the IC desoldering machine. (Refer to Fig. 4-3.)

NOTE

Some ICs on the PCB are affixed with glue, so be careful not to break or damage the foil of each IC leads or solder lands under the IC when removing it.

Blower type IC desoldering machine

Masking Tape

(Cotton Tape)

IC

Tweezers

Fig. 4-1

2.

Heat the IC leads using a blower type IC desoldering machine. (Refer to Fig. 4-2.)

NOTE

Do not add the rotating and the back and forth directions force on the IC, until IC can move back and forth easily after desoldering the IC leads completely.

Blower type IC desoldering machine

IC

Fig. 4-3

4.

5.

Peel off the Masking Tape.

Absorb the solder left on the pattern using the Braided

Shield Wire. (Refer to Fig. 4-4.)

NOTE

Do not move the Braided Shield Wire in the vertical direction towards the IC pattern.

Braided Shield Wire

Soldering Iron

IC pattern Fig. 4-4

IC

Fig. 4-2

B4-1

INSTALLATION

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

4.

When bridge-soldering between terminals and/or the soldering amount are not enough, resolder using a Thintip Soldering Iron. (Refer to Fig. 4-8.) 1.

Take care of the polarity of new IC and then install the new IC fitting on the printed circuit pattern. Then solder each lead on the diagonal positions of IC temporarily.

(Refer to Fig. 4-5.)

IC

Thin-tip Soldering Iron

Soldering Iron

Solder temporarily Solder temporarily

Fig. 4-5

2.

Supply the solder from the upper position of IC leads sliding to the lower position of the IC leads.

(Refer to Fig. 4-6.)

Fig. 4-8

5.

Finally, confirm the soldering status on four sides of the

IC using a magnifying glass.

Confirm that no abnormality is found on the soldering position and installation position of the parts around the

IC. If some abnormality is found, correct by resoldering.

NOTE

When the IC leads are bent during soldering and/or repairing, do not repair the bending of leads. If the bending of leads are repaired, the pattern may be damaged. So, be always sure to replace the IC in this case.

Solder Soldering Iron

IC

Supply soldering from upper position to lower position

Fig. 4-6

3.

Absorb the solder left on the lead using the Braided

Shield Wire. (Refer to Fig. 4-7.)

NOTE

Do not absorb the solder to excess.

Soldering Iron

IC

Braided Shield Wire

Fig. 4-7

B4-2

SERVICE MODE LIST

This unit provided with the following SERVICE MODES so you can repair, examine and adjust easily.

To enter to the SERVICE MODE function, press and hold both buttons simultaneously on the main unit and on the remote control for more than a standard time (second).

Set Key

VOL. (-) MIN

Remocon Key

Standard Time

(seconds)

0 1

Operations

Releasing of V-CHIP PASSWORD.

VOL. (-) MIN 1 1

Initialization of the factory on TV.

NOTE: Do not use this for the normal servicing.

If you set a factory initialization, the memories are reset such as the channel setting, and the POWER ON total hours.

VOL. (-) MIN 4 1

Initialization of the factory on DVD.

NOTE: Do not use this for the normal servicing.

The function will only work at the DVD stop mode.

VOL. (-) MIN

VOL. (-) MIN

STOP

STOP

6

9

7

9

1

1

3

3

POWER ON total hours are displayed on the screen.

Refer to the "PREVENTIVE CHECKS AND SERVICE INTERVALS"

(CONFIRMATION OF HOURS USED).

Can be checked of the INITIAL DATA of MEMORY IC.

Refer to the "WHEN REPLACING EEPROM (MEMORY) IC".

Display of the Adjustment MENU on the screen.

Refer to the "ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT" (On-Screen Display

Adjustment).

Releasing of PARENTAL LOCK.

Refer to the "PARENTAL CONTROL-RATING LEVEL"

NOTE: The function will only work without the setting of DVD disc at DVD

mode.

Tray cannot be opened.

Refer to the "TRAY LOCK".

NOTE: No indications on the screen when the Tray Lock is setting.

CONFIRMATION OF HOURS USED

POWER ON total hours can be checked on the screen. Total hours are displayed in 16 system of notation.

NOTE: If you set a factory initialization, the total hours is reset to "0".

ADDRESS DATA 1.

Set the VOLUME to minimum.

2.

Press both VOL. DOWN button on the set and Channel

3.

button (6) on the remote control for more than 2 second.

After the confirmation of using hours, turn off the power.

INIT 00 06

CRT ON 0010

FIG. 1

Initial setting content of MEMORY IC.

POWER ON total hours.

= (16 x 16 x 16 x thousands digit value)

+ (16 x 16 x hundreds digit value)

+ (16 x tens digit value)

+ (ones digit value)

C-1

WHEN REPLACING EEPROM (MEMORY) IC

If a service repair is undertaken where it has been required to change the MEMORY IC, the following steps should be taken to ensure correct data settings while making reference to TABLE 1.

NOTE: No need setting for after INI 27.

INI

00

10

20

+0 +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8 +9 +A +B +C +D +E +F

01 00 C1 55 0F 47 06 0F 44 20 D0 35 30 25 15 50

30 50 50 04 15 77 23 50 20 77 52 00 02 11 00 00

0A 0D 10 12 14 16 18 1A -----------------

Table 1

1.

2.

Enter DATA SET mode by setting VOLUME to minimum.

Press both VOL. DOWN button on the set and Channel button (6) on the remote control for more than 1 second.

ADDRESS and DATA should appear as FIG 1.

ADDRESS DATA

INIT 00 06

CRT ON 0010

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

FIG. 1

ADDRESS is now selected and should "blink". Using the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote, step through the ADDRESS until required ADDRESS to be changed is reached.

Press ENTER to select DATA. When DATA is selected, it will "blink".

Again, step through the DATA using VOL. UP/DOWN button until required DATA value has been selected.

Pressing ENTER will take you back to ADDRESS for further selection if necessary.

Repeat steps 3 to 6 until all data has been checked.

When satisfied correct DATA has been entered, turn POWER off (return to STANDBY MODE) to finish DATA input.

After the data input, set to the initializing of shipping.

9.

10.

Turn POWER on.

Press both VOL. DOWN button on the set and Channel button (1) on the remote control for more than 1 second.

11.

After the finishing of the initializing of shipping, the unit will turn off automatically.

The unit will now have the correct DATA for the new MEMORY IC.

C-2

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

1.

BEFORE MAKING ELECTRICAL

ADJUSTMENTS

Read and perform these adjustments when repairing the circuits or replacing electrical parts or PCB assemblies.

CAUTION

Use an isolation transformer when performing any service on this chassis.

Before removing the anode cap, discharge electricity

• because it contains high voltage.

When removing a PCB or related component, after unfastening or changing a wire, be sure to put the wire back in its original position.

When you exchange IC and Transistor for a heat sink, apply the silicon grease on the contact section of the heat sink. Before applying new silicon grease, remove all the old silicon grease. (Old grease may cause damages to the IC and Transistor).

Prepare the following measurement tools for electrical adjustments.

1. Oscilloscope

2. Digital Voltmeter

3. AC Voltmeter

4. Pattern Generator

5. Multi-Sound Signal Generator

On-Screen Display Adjustment

1.

2.

Set the VOLUME to minimum.

Press the VOL. DOWN button on the set and the Channel button (9) on the remote control for more than 1 second to appear the adjustment mode on the screen as shown in Fig. 1-1.

Function

Step No.

01 OSD

12

Fig. 1-1

3.

4.

Use the Channel UP/DOWN button or Channel button

(1-0) on the remote control to select the options shown in

Fig. 1-2.

Press the MENU button on the remote control to end the adjustments.

FUNCTION

OSD H

OSD CONTRAST

CUT OFF

H POSITION

H BLK L

H BLK R

V SIZE

V POSITION

V LINEARITY

V S CORRECTION

V COMP

R CUT OFF

G CUT OFF

B CUT OFF

R DRIVE

G DRIVE

B DRIVE

BRIGHTNESS(CENT.)

BRIGHTNESS(MAX)

BRIGHTNESS(MIN)

CONTRAST(CENT.)

CONTRAST(MAX)

CONTRAST(MIN)

COLOR(CENT.)

COLOR(MAX)

COLOR(MIN)

TINT

SHARPNESS

SUB BIAS

BRI. AV(CENT.)

BRI. AV(MAX)

BRI. AV(MIN)

CONT. AV(CENT.)

CONT. AV(MAX)

CONT. AV(MIN)

COL. AV(CENT.)

COL. AV(MAX)

COL. AV(MIN)

TINT AV

SHARPNESS AV

NO.

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

22

23

24

25

26

27

35

36

37

38

39

40

16

17

18

19

20

21

10

11

12

13

14

15

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

NO

.

56

57

58

59

60

61

50

51

52

53

54

55

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

62

63

64

65

66

67

75

76

FUNCTION

SUB BIAS

BRI. DVD(CENT.)

BRI. DVD(MAX)

BRI. DVD(MIN)

CONT. DVD(CENT.)

CONT. DVD(MAX)

CONT. DVD(MIN)

COL. DVD(CENT.)

COL. DVD(MAX)

COL. DVD(MIN)

TINT DVD

SHARPNESS DVD

SUB BIAS

BRI. GAME(CENT.)

BRI. GAME(MAX)

BRI. GAME(MIN)

CONT. GAME(CENT.)

CONT. GAME(MAX)

CONT. GAME(MIN)

SUB BIAS

TUNING V MUTE

POWER ON V MUTE

INPUT LEVEL

SEPARATION L

SEPARATION H

X-RAY TEST

H STOP

H FREQ

BAST/WEST DC

BAST/WEST AMP

BAST/WEST TILT

BAST/WEST COR, TOP

BAST/WEST COR, BOT

H SIZE COMP

H BLK L AV

H BLK R AV

Fig. 1-2

2. BASIC ADJUSTMENTS

2-1: CONSTANT VOLTAGE

1.

2.

3.

4.

Set condition is AV MODE without signal.

Using the remote control, set the brightness and contrast to normal position.

Connect the digital voltmeter to TP401.

Adjust the VR3800 until the digital voltmeter is 135

±

0.5V.

2-2: FOCUS

1.

2.

3.

Receive the monoscope pattern.

Turn the Focus Volume fully counterclockwise once.

Adjust the Focus Volume until picture is distinct.

2-3: CUT OFF

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Adjust the unit to the following settings.

R CUT OFF=7F, G CUT OFF=7F, B CUT OFF=7F,

R DRIVE=3F, G DRIVE=07, B DRIVE=3F

Place the set with Aging Test for more than 15 minutes.

Set condition is AV MODE without signal.

Using the remote control, set the brightness and contrast to normal position.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (03) on the remote control to select "CUT OFF".

Adjust the Screen Volume until a dim raster is obtained.

D-1

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

2-4: WHITE BALANCE

NOTE: Adjust after performing CUT OFF adjustment.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Place the set with Aging Test for more than 15 minutes.

Receive the gray scale pattern from the Pattern

Generator.

Using the remote control, set the brightness and contrast to normal position.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (16) on the remote control to select "G DRV".

Press the CH. UP/DOWN button on the remote control to select the "R CUT OFF", "G CUT OFF", "B CUT OFF",

"R DRIVE" or "B DRIVE".

Adjust the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control to whiten the R CUT OFF, G CUT OFF, B CUT OFF, R

DRIVE and B DRIV E at each step tone sections equally.

Perform the above adjustments 5 and 6 until the white color is looked like a white.

2-5: HORIZONTAL POSITION

1.

2.

3.

4.

Receive the monoscope pattern.

Using the remote control, set the brightness and contrast to normal position.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (04) on the remote control to select "HPOSI".

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control until the SHIFT quantity of the OVER SCAN on right and left becomes minimum.

2-6: VERTICAL POSITION

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Receive the monoscope pattern.

Using the remote control, set the brightness and contrast to normal position.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (08) on the remote control to select "VPOSI".

Check the step No. V POSI is "02".

Adjust the VR401 until the horizontal line becomes fit to notch of the shadow mask.

2-8: VERTICAL LINEARITY

NOTE: Adjust after performing adjustments in section 2-7.

After the adjustment of Vertical Linearity, reconfirm the Vertical Position and Vertical Size adjustments.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Receive the monoscope pattern.

Using the remote control, set the brightness and contrast to normal position.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (09) on the remote control to select "VLIN".

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control until the SHIFT quantity of the OVER SCAN on upside and downside becomes minimum.

2-9: SEPARATION L, H

Please do the method (1) or method (2) adjustment.

Method (1)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Set the multi-sound signal generator for each different

L-ch and R-ch frequency (Ex. L-ch=2KHz, R-ch=400Hz) and receive the RF signal.

Connect the oscilloscope to the Audio Out Jack.

Press the AUDIO button on the remote control to set to the stereo mode.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (64) on the remote control to select "SEPAL".

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control to adjust it until the audio output wave becomes a fine sine wave.

Press the CH UP button 1 time to set to "SEPAH" mode.

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control to adjust it until the audio output wave becomes a fine sine wave.

2-7: VERTICAL SIZE

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Receive the monoscope pattern.

Using the remote control, set the brightness and contrast to normal position.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (07) on the remote control to select "VSIZE".

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control until the Up/Down OVER SCAN Quantity becomes equal to the Right/Left OVER SCAN Quantity.

Receive a broadcast and check if the picture is normal.

Method (2)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Set the multi-sound signal generator L-ch=1KHz, R-ch

=Non input and receive the RF signal.

Connect the oscilloscope to the Audio Out Jack (R-ch).

Press the AUDIO button on the remote control to set to the stereo mode.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (64) on the remote control to select "SEPAL".

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control to adjust it until the R-ch output becomes minimum.

Press the CH UP button 1 time to set to "SEPAH" mode.

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control to adjust it until the R-ch output becomes minimum.

Set the multi-sound signal generator L-ch=Non input,

R-ch=1KHz and receive the RF signal.

Connect the oscilloscope to the Audio Out Jack (L-ch).

Then perform the above adjustments 3~7.

D-2

A

01 OSD

12

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

2-10: OSD POSITION

1.

2.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1.

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control until the difference of A and B becomes minimum.

(Refer to Fig. 2-1)

B

Fig. 2-1

2-11: LEVEL

1.

2.

3.

4.

Receive the VHF HIGH (70dB).

Connect the AC voltmeter to pin 6 of CP101.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (63) on the remote control to select "LVL".

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control until the AC voltmeter is 75

±

2mV.

2-12: BRIGHT CENTER

1.

2.

3.

4.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (18) on the remote control to select "BRTC".

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control until the white 10% is starting to be visible.

Receive a broadcast and check if the picture is normal.

Press the INPUT SELECT button on the remote control to set to the AV mode.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (30) on the remote control to select "BRTCA".

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control until the white 10% is starting to be visible.

Receive a broadcast and check if the picture is normal.

Press the TV/DVD button on the remote control to set to the DVD mode.

9.

10.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (42) on the remote control to select "BRTCD".

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control to set the same step numbers as the AV.

2-13: TINT

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Receive the color bar pattern. (RF Input)

Using the remote control, set the brightness, contrast, color and tint to normal position.

Connect the oscilloscope to TP024.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (27) on the remote control to select "TNTC".

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control until the section "A" becomes a straight line.

(Refer to Fig. 2-2)

Receive the color bar pattern. (Audio Video Input)

Press the INPUT SELECT button on the remote control to set to the AV mode.

Using the remote control, set the brightness, contrast, 8.

9.

10.

color and tint to normal position.

Connect the oscilloscope to TP024.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (39) on the remote control to

11.

12.

select "TNTCA".

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control until the section "A" becomes a straight line.

(Refer to Fig. 2-2)

Press the TV/DVD button on the remote control to set to

13.

14.

15.

the DVD mode.

Using the remote control, set the brightness, contrast, color and tint to normal position.

Connect the oscilloscope to TP024.

16.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (51) on the remote control to select "TNTCD".

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control until the same step numbers as the AV.

"A"

Fig. 2-2

D-3

2-14: SHARPNESS

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Receive the monoscope pattern.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (28) on the remote control to select "SHARP".

Check if the step No. SHARP is "18".

Press the INPUT SELECT button on the remote control to set to the AV mode.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (40) on the remote control to select "SHARPA".

Check if the step No. SHARP is "10".

Press the TV/DVD button on the remote control to set to the DVD mode.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (52) on the remote control to select "SHARPD".

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control to set the same step numbers as the AV.

2-15: OSD CONTRAST

1.

2.

3.

Receive the monoscop pattern.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (02) on the remote control to select "OSDC".

Check the step No. OSDC is "03".

2-16: COLOR CENTER

1.

2.

3.

4.

Receive the color bar pattern. (RF Input)

Using the remote control, set the brightness, contrast, color and tint to normal position.

Connect the oscilloscope to TP022.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (24) on the remote control to

5.

6.

select "COLC".

Adjust the VOLTS RANGE VARIABLE knob of the oscilloscope until the range between white 100% and

0% is set to 4 scales on the screen of the oscilloscope.

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control until the red color level is adjusted to 110

±

5% of the white level. (Refer to Fig. 2-3)

Receive the color bar pattern. (Audio Video Input) 7.

8.

9.

10.

Press the INPUT SELECT button on the remote control to set to the AV mode.

Using the remote control, set the brightness, contrast, color and tint to normal position.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and

11.

press the channel button (36) on the remote control to select "COLCA".

Adjust the VOLTS RANGE VARIABLE knob of the oscilloscope until the range between white 100% and

12.

0% is set to 4 scales on the screen of the oscilloscope.

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control until the red color level is adjusted to 110

±

5% of the white level. (Refer to Fig. 2-3)

13.

14.

Press the TV/DVD button on the remote control to set to the DVD mode.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (48) on the remote control to

15.

select "COLCD".

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control to decrease the step numbers by 8 steps to the AV.

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

2-17: CONTRAST MAX

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (22) on the remote control to select "CNTX".

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control until the contrast step No. becomes "5A"

Receive a broadcast and check if the picture is normal.

Press the INPUT SELECT button on the remote control to set to the AV mode.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (34) on the remote control to select "CNTXA".

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control until the contrast step No. becomes "5A"

Receive a broadcast and check if the picture is normal.

Press the TV/DVD button on the remote control to set to the DVD mode.

9.

10.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (46) on the remote control to select "CNTXD".

Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control to set the same step numbers as the AV.

2-18: Confirmation of Fixed Value (Step No.)

Please check if the fixed values of the each adjustment items are set correctly referring below.

NO.

32

33

35

37

38

41

43

44

45

20

21

23

25

26

29

31

05

06

10

11

16

19

FUNCTION

H BLK L

H BLK R

V S CORRECTION

V COMP

G DRIVE

BRIGHTNESS(MAX)

BRIGHTNESS(MIN)

CONTRAST(CENT.)

CONTRAST(MIN)

COLOR(MAX)

COLOR(MIN)

SUB BIAS

BRI. AV(MAX)

BRI. AV(MIN)

CONT. AV(CENT.)

CONT. AV(MIN)

COL. AV(MAX)

COL. AV(MIN)

SUB BIAS

BRI. DVD(MAX)

BRI. DVD(MIN)

CONT. DVD(CENT.)

STEP NO

.

2A

40

10

70

10

00

70

2A

40

2A

40

10

70

10

00

70

04

02

08

03

07

70

NO

.

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

57

59

60

61

62

68

69

47

49

50

53

55

56

FUNCTION

CONT. DVD(MIN)

COL. DVD(MAX)

COL. DVD(MIN)

SUB BIAS

BRI. GAME(MAX)

BRI. GAME(MIN)

CONT. GAME(CENT.)

CONT. GAME(MIN)

SUB BIAS

TUNING V MUTE

POWER ON V MUTE

H FREQ

BAST/WEST DC

BAST/WEST AMP

BAST/WEST TILT

BAST/WEST COR, TOP

BAST/WEST COR, BOT

H SIZE COMP

H BLK L AV

H BLK R AV

STEP NO

.

00

00

00

00

00

07

05

40

10

00

00

40

3F

00

10

70

10

00

70

2A

White 0%

100%

White 100%

Red Level

Fig. 2-3

D-4

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

3.

PURITY AND CONVERGENCE

ADJUSTMENTS

NOTE

1.

2.

3.

Turn the unit on and let it warm up for at least 30 minutes before performing the following adjustments.

Place the CRT surface facing east or west to reduce the terrestrial magnetism.

Turn ON the unit and demagnetize with a Degauss Coil.

3-1: STATIC CONVERGENCE (ROUGH ADJUSTMENT)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Tighten the screw for the magnet. Refer to the adjusted

CRT for the position. (Refer to Fig. 3-1)

If the deflection yoke and magnet are in one body, untighten the screw for the body.

Receive the green raster pattern from the color bar generator.

Slide the deflection yoke until it touches the funnel side of the CRT.

Adjust center of screen to green, with red and blue on the sides, using the pair of purity magnets.

Switch the color bar generator from the green raster pattern to the crosshatch pattern.

Combine red and blue of the 3 color crosshatch pattern on the center of the screen by adjusting the pair of

4 pole magnets.

Combine red/blue (magenta) and green by adjusting the pair of 6 pole magnets.

Adjust the crosshatch pattern to change to white by repeating steps 6 and 7.

3-2: PURITY

NOTE

Adjust after performing adjustments in section 3-1.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Receive the green raster pattern from color bar generator.

Adjust the pair of purity magnets to center the color on the screen.

Adjust the pair of purity magnets so the color at the ends are equally wide.

Move the deflection yoke backward (to neck side) slowly, and stop it at the position when the whole screen is green.

Confirm red and blue colors.

Adjust the slant of the deflection yoke while watching the screen, then tighten the fixing screw.

DEFLECTION YOKE

DEFLECTION YOKE SCREW

MAGNET SCREW

3-3: STATIC CONVERGENCE

NOTE

Adjust after performing adjustments in section 3-2.

1.

2.

Receive the crosshatch pattern from the color bar generator.

Combine red and blue of the 3 color crosshatch pattern on the center of the screen by adjusting the pair of

3.

4 pole magnets.

Combine red/blue (magenta) and green by adjusting the pair of 6 pole magnets.

3-4: DYNAMIC CONVERGENCE

NOTE

Adjust after performing adjustments in section 3-3.

1.

2.

Adjust the differences around the screen by moving the deflection yoke upward/downward and right/left.

(Refer to Fig. 3-2-a)

Insert three wedges between the deflection yoke and

CRT funnel to fix the deflection yoke.

(Refer to Fig. 3-2-b)

R G B

R G B

R

G

B

R

G

B

UPWARD/DOWNWARD SLANT RIGHT/LEFT SLANT

Fig. 3-2-a

WEDGE

WEDGE

WEDGE POSITION

Fig. 3-2-b

WEDGE

Fig. 3-1

6 POLE MAGNETS

4 POLE MAGNETS

PURITY MAGNETS

D-5

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

4. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT PARTS LOCATION GUIDE (WIRING CONNECTION)

CD805

CP801

CRT PCB

TP024

TP022

J801

CP802B CP803B

CRT

DVD DECK

AC IN

CD301 CP301

SPEAKER

J4201

CP802A

S3801

S3802

CP3800

VR3800

CP803A

TP401

CRT

FB401

CP401

CP8002

CRT

VR401

CP302

CD302

SPEAKER

CP8001

AV PCB

CP8502

CD4002

CP2601

CP2603

CP2602

CD2602

DVD PCB

CD2601

CD2302

D-6

DVD LOADER

DM II

Pick up

Loading

Motor

Spindle/

Sled

Motor

A, B, C, D, E, F

RF

CD, DVD, LD

READ

CHANNEL

IC2601

ZR36708TQC

RFA_SDEN, DATA, SCLK

AAF_CE, FE, TE, PI

FNN, FNP

VBIASS0, S1

DEFECT, LINK, MIRR, LDON

SPDL+/– Dual OP-AMP

IC2602

BA10358F-E2

SPDL_SENS

HOME, TIN SW, TOUT SW

TR+/–, FO+/–

SPDL+/–, SLED+/–

Motor Driver

IC2301

LA6560

SPINDLE, SLED_PWM

TRACK, FOCUS_DAC

ADC IN 5, 6, 7

S MUTE

DVD BLOCK DIAGRAM

8M FLASH

IC4007

SST39VF800A-

70-4C-EK-D

64M SDRAM

IC4005

M12L64164A-7T

HA0~HA20,

HD0~HD15

MPEG/MICON/DSP

IC4001

ZR36762

EEPROM

IC4002

AT24C04N-10SI-2.7

REG+1.8V

IC4003

PQ070XZ01ZP

DAC B, C, D

VIDEO BUFFER

Q8502~Q8504

ASDATA0

AMCLK

ABCLK

ALRCLK

STEREO DAC

IC8502

PCM1742KEG/2K

DVD AUDIO L

DVD AUDIO R

E-1

VCR BLOCK

CD4002

TX

RX

P.CON+3.3V

P.CON+5V

P.CON+9V

SPDIF

CP8502

DVD RESET

DVD VIDEO

Y

C

DVD AUDIO L

DVD AUDIO R

ZERO

E-2

E-3

TV BLOCK DIAGRAM

*A

POWER

ON/OFF

OPEN/CLOSE

STOP

PLAY

SKIP FF

SKIP REW

X101

16MHz

FROM DVD BLOCK

DVD C

DVD Y

DVD_RESET

RX

TX

DVD_A_OUT_L

DVD_A_OUT_R

ZERO

SPDIF

3

5

AMP

IC4201

NJM4580M

(TE1)

1

7

R

L

Q4209~Q4212

MUTE SW

*E

Q4203

MUTE

Q4201

DRIVER

18

17

31

32

6 11 12

MICON

IC101

OEC6079A

38 37

19 18

2

3

24

23 SOUND

DECORDER

IC902

AN5829S

22 21

4

33

*D

RESET

IC103 PST3231NR

1 2 *A

22

23

24

26

27

36

Q305

BUFFER

Q302

BUFFER

2

J4201

2

V

J2202

2

L

J2203

2

R

J2204

TU001

SCL

10

SDA

11

Q105

BUFFER

*B *C

57

56

55

59

40

30

51

50

14

15

16

45

R.OUT

G.OUT

B.OUT

19

X601

3.579545MHz

42

23

Q405

H.DRIVE

35

25

Q301

MUTE

CHROMA

IC601 LA76319NM-MPB-E

9

6

SOUND AMP

IC302

AN7522N

8

2

4

12

10

1

Q406

3

V.OUT

IC401

AN5522

H.OUT

SOUND+B

1

9

DY801

FB401

FBT

F

S

HV

SPEAKER

SP351

SPEAKER

SP352

HEADPHONE

J2201

3

F

9

8

7

V801

CRT

*A---AT+5.6V

*B---P.CON+9V

*C---CHROMA+5V

*D---P.CON+A5V

*E---P.CON+12V

E-4

E-5

F3800

AC IN

VR3800

Q3800

FEED BACK

CONTROL

IC3800

PS2561L1-1-V(W)

FEED BACK

Q3803

POWER

D3808, D3809,

D3815, D3816

RECTIFIER

8

TRANSFORMER

SWITCHING

T3800

10

12

5

18

17

14

POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM

5V REG.

IC3001 KIA7805API

1 3

Q3008

DRIVE

5V REG.

IC3002 KIA7805API

1 3

Q3010

DRIVE

Q3005

DRIVE

Q3000

DRIVE

Q3001

SW

FB401

2

Q3003,

Q3004, Q3007

P.CON+3.3V OUT

9V REG.

IC3005 KIA7809API

1 3

P.CON+3.3V

DVD_H

P.CON+D5V

AT+5.6V

SOUND+B

P.CON+5V

P.CON+D9V

P.CON+9V

P.CON+12V

POWER ON-H

+B

E-6

F-1

DVD (TOP SIDE)

R8507

R8518

R8508

R8519

R8509

R8520

C8506

C8505

C8509

C8508

C8512

C8511

C4038

VMC319A

R4016

R4045

C8521_2

C8520

B8502

B8503

C8518

C8517_2

W878

C8519_1

C8514_1

W872

C8513_1

R4027

C4067_1

B4005

C4071_1

B4002

C4076

C4073

B4004

C4068_1

R4001

R4017

C4084_1

R2647

B2605

C2647

C4036

R2620

R2623

R2624

C2639

R2622 R4043

C4089

C4007

C2641_1

B4003

B4001

C4074

C2640_1

C4070_1 C4006

C4005

C4085

W833 C4069_1

C4086

C4004

C4088

B2602

R2617

R2654

R2615

B2601

R4052

C4001

W857

C2608_1

C2603

C2604

C2605

C2606

C2607

W808 W807 C2609

C2611

17

1

R2652

R2601

IC2601

33

R2650

R2651

C2610

C2612

C2613

R2603

R2602

R2604

R2635

C2614

C2615

R2645

C2655

R2646 C2618

W861

R2628

R2626

R2627

R2630

R2625

R2629

R2632

R2649

49

R2607

R2608

R2609

R2610

R2605

C2629

C2628

C2619

C2620

R2611

C2646_1

C2649

C2644_1

R2648

C2643_1

B2604

157

X4001

R4012

C4035

R4042

IC4001

R4047

B4010

105

C4024

C4023

C4022

R4008

R4059

C4025

R4031

R4035

C4050 C4045

C4037

C4041

1

R4048

W875

C2301

53

C4083_1

C4018

C4078_1 C4051_1 C4052_1

B4008

C4092

L4001

C4062

R4040

W854

C4091

Q4004

C4063_1 W805

W862

R2301

R2306

C4039 C4095

B4007

C4011_1

R2305

R2307

R2308

R2316

R2321

R2319

R2322

R2326

R2324

R2327

W863

R2318

W864

C2305

R2334

C2309

C2304

C2310

C4009_1

C4015

R4034

R4032

R4033

C4012

IC4003

R2344

R2345

C4080

HS2301

C2306

R2328

C2311

R2331_1

R2325

R2330

C2312

R2337

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS

VMC319A

DVD (BOTTOM SIDE)

F-2

F-3

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS

AV/CRT (INSERTED PARTS)

SOLDER SIDE

J2201

R2226

W825

J2204

R

W168

W167

W166

W165

W164

C4275

R2225

R346

R323

W173

W172

W171

W169

J2203

W

W163

Y

J2202

SW2221

W180

SW2223

SW2217

SW2219

SW2216

SW2214

SW2218

SW2220

W190

W189

W204

D2201

W208

W207

W205

W206

W225

SW2215

W223

SW2213

R2201

R2202

W222

OS2202

W221

W834

W833

R909

W815

W844

W203

W202

W201

W200

W213

W194

W193

W192

IC199

W179

IC101

W217

D101

R101

D107

D103

W216

W215

R190

W863

X101

IC302

W153

L3000

Q3003

HS3001

L904

R3014

L902

L101

W837

R159

W138

W137

W135

D106

D3007

W143

W139

W142

R4251

R4252

R4240

S802X

W152

CP301

CP302

W094

B301

W091

W090

W112

W113

W110

W109

W147

W827

W832

CP8001

C434_1

VR401

D411

CP401

C421

IC401

W014

W013

HS401_1

W012

X601

R4234

L4201

R418

S002X

W042 W041

R402

C423

L401

C428

Q405

L801

CP803B

Q406

R447

R805

TP024

TP022

R803

TP023

R807

R806_1

Q806

Q804 Q805

CP806_1

L602

T401

HS402

CP802B

J801_1

W018

Q3005

Q3009

R456

D3008

Q3006

Q3008

IC3002

IC3001

Q3010

R401

B401

D408

R405

R404

W810

R450_1

D402

W002

W836

W060

R3829

R442

R445

TP403

VR3800

D3819

R3831

R3019

W055

D409

W053

W051

C611

R622

W050

R613

R612

W077

W076

W047

W074

W073

W072

W049

R3003

R3004

Q3000

R3002

R3006

Q3004

D3003

R3018

R3830

R3010

W031

W071

W067

D603

W065

R3007

W063

R603

R3009

W089

W088

W062

W040

D3817

TH3800_2

D3823

C3816

PH3801

W838

T3800

D3820

D3830

D3801

R3805

R3804 Q3800

R3833

IC3800

PH3800

R3806

L3801_1

R3803

S3802

C3801

S3801

D3816

D3815

C3812

D3808

R3826

C3810

D3809

W808

5V125V

FH3800 F3800 FH3801

Q3802

D3810

W004

RISK OF FIRE - REPLACE AS MARKED .

W006

C3811

Q3803

R3821

HS3800

D3807

R3822

B4201

W226

W079

R614

CP802A

TU001

W008

CP8002

S001X

S802Y

W032

CP101

R4205

CD3800

L3803

F-4

F-5

R4210

R4216

R4241

Q4201

R4242

R4221

W852

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS

AV/CRT (CHIP MOUNTED PARTS)

SOLDER SIDE

R634

Q602

R4201

Q3007

Q3001

Q605

Q601

IC4201

17

1

IC601

49

33

Q4212

R4238

Q4209

Q4210 Q4211

Q4203

R4209

R4237

R4236

W857

Q101

R119

Q105

R147

IC103

Q2201

R123

R2214

R2219

R2215

R4227

R113

R908

R121

R2218

R2221

IC902

Q302

R308

R305

Q305

R309

R302

R311

R306

Q301

R420

F-6

1

8

7

6

FROM/TO MEMORY

D_GND

P.CON+3.3V

5

4

HA20

HD0

HD1

HD2

HD3

HD4

HD5

HD6

HA12

HA13

HA14

HA15

HA16

HA17

HA18

HA19

HD7

HD8

HD9

HD10

HD11

HA0

HA1

HA2

HA3

HA4

HA5

HA6

HA7

HA8

HA9

HA10

HA11

HD12

HD13

HD14

HD15

MEMCS0

RD

WR

3

2

SD_A0

SD_A1

SD_A2

SD_A3

SD_A4

SD_A5

SD_A6

SD_A7

SD_A8

SD_A9

SD_A10

SD_A11

SD_D0

SD_D1

SD_D2

SD_D3

SD_D4

SD_D5

SD_D6

SD_D7

SD_D8

SD_D9

SD_D10

SD_D11

SD_D12

SD_D13

SD_D14

SD_D15

RAMCS0#

RAMCS1#

RAMRAS#

RAMCAS#

SD_BA0

RAMDQM

RAMWE#

RAMCLK

A

C4038

0.01 B

DUPTD1

DUPRD1

DUPTD0

DUPRD0

P.CON+5V

B

W832

C D E

MPEG/MICON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(DVD PCB)

C4088

0.01 B

C4089

0.01

B

C4090

0.01

B W833

R4002

R4003

R4004

R4005

V_GND

GND

75 +-1%

75 +-1%

75 +-1%

75 +-1%

W831

+1.8V

+3.3V

HD11

HD3

HA19

HD10

HA18

HD2

HA17

HD9

HA7

HD1

HA6

HD8

HA5

HD0

HA4

RD

HA3

HA2

MEMCS0

HA1

HA0

HA10

HD14

HA9

HD6

HA8

HD13

HD5

HA20

HD12

WR

HD4

HA15

HA16

HA14

HA13

HA12

HD15

HA11

HD7

C4008

C4010

C4013

C4014

C4016

C4017

0.1 F

0.1 F

0.1 F

0.1 F

0.1 F

0.1 F

0

3.1

3.1

3.2

0.4

3.3

0

0

0.6

0.4

5.5

3.3

0

0.6

2.7

2.7

0

0.5

0

0

0.6

1.8

2.7

2.9

0

3.3

0.6

3.3

2.6

0

2.1

2.0

0

0

3.3

3.3

NC

3.3

3.3

3.3

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.3

3.3

0

0.5

2.6

0

0

1.9

0

0

MEMDA(3)

MEMAD(19)

GNDC

MEMDA(10)

MEMAD(18)

GNDP

MEMDA(2)

MEMAD(17)

MEMDA(9)

MEMAD(7)

MEMDA(1)

MEMAD(6)

MEMDA(8)

MEMAD(5)

VDDP

MEMDA(0)

208 207 206 205 204 203 202 201 200 199 198 197 196 195 194 193 192 191 190 189 188 187 186 185 184 183 182 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 168 167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 157

SSCRXD

MEMCS(1)

VDDP

MEMAD(15)

MEMAD(16)

MEMAD(14)

MEMAD(13)

MEMAD(12)

MEMDA(15)

MEMAD(11)

MEMDA(7)

GNDP

MEMAD(10)

MEMDA(14)

MEMAD(9)

MEMDA(6)

MEMAD(8)

MEMDA(13)

MEMDA(5)

MEMAD(20)

VDDP

MEMDA(12)

MEMWR#

MEMDA(4)

VDDC

MEMDA(11)

208

207

206

205

SSCTXD

SSCCLK

SPINDLEPULSE

SLEDPULSE

MPEG/MICON/DSP IC

IC4001

ZR36762

160

159

158

157

VDDDAC

CVBS/C

CVBS/G/Y

GNDDACD

DUPTD1

DUPRD1

VDD-IP

DUPTD0

DUPRD0

GNDP

IDGPCI/O(3)

GPCI/O(34)

ICGPCI/O(5)

GPCI/O(33)

ICGPCI/O(4)

GPCI/O(32)

VDDP

GCLKA

GCLKP

XO

VDDA

RESET#

GNDA

IDGPCI/O(2)

GPCI/O(31)

VID(0)

VID(1)

VID(2)

VID(3)

V SW

MEMAD(4)

MEMRD#

MEMAD(3)

MEMAD(2)

MEMCS(0)#

MEMAD(1)

MEMAD(0)

GNDP

VDD-IP

VDDP

53 54 55 56 57 58 59

53

54

55

56

RAMADD(4)

RAMADD(3)

RAMADD(5)

RAMADD(2)

60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89

100

101

RAMDAT(14)

GNDP

GNDC

AIN

VDDP-A2

AMCLK

GNDP-A2

ABCLK

ALRCLK

102 RAMDAT(1)

103

104

RAMDAT(15)

RAMDAT(0)

GPAI/O

AOUT(0)

AOUT(1)

AOUT(2)

SPDIF

IDGPCI/O(0)

ICGPCI/O(0)

GNDP

GPCI/O(20)

VDDP

90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104

D1 2

D1 1

VID(7)

VDDP

STBY-L

GNDP

HSYNC

VDDC

VSYNC

3.3

5.1

3.3

3.3

5.0

0

3.3

0 TRAY_OPEN

1.8

3.3

0

3.3

3.3

3.3

3.3

0

0

0

3.3

3.3

3.3

3.3

3.3

0

0

0

3.3

0

3.3

0

0

3.1

TRAY_CLOSE

1

R4042

68

HOME

DJTDO

DJTDI

DJTMS

ICETCK

ICETDO

ICETDI

A_MUTE

0

0

NC

0

0

1.6

0

0

NC

0

NC

0

3.3

3.3

1.6

3.3

0

3.3

3.3

1.7

0

1.7

1.6

R4024

4.7K

F G

FROM/TO AUDIO/VIDEO

DAC_VIDEO_C

DAC_VIDEO_B

DAC_VIDEO_D

ASDATA0

ABCLK

ALRCLK

AMCLK

MD

MC

ML

RESET

P.CON+3.3V

P.CON+A5V

P.CON+5V

GND

D_GND

TP4012

C4033 0.1 F

C4032

TP4013

C4096

0.001 B

0.001 B

C4027 0.1 F

X4001

100BT02701

27MHz

C4028 0.1 F

TP4007

R4019

R4020

R4021

R4047

TP4014

33

33

33

4.7K

C4035 22P CH

R4016

RESET

C4081

100

0.1 F

HOME

LDON

TP4004

TP4006

TP4005

ML

MC

MD

DUPTD1

DUPRD1

DUPTD0

DUPRD0

VR_SEL

TOUT_SW

TIN_SW

SMUTE

B4002

FCM2012H-102T04

B4001

B4003

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04 B4004

B4005

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

TP4008

TP4009

I2CCLK

I2CDAT

R4031

R4035

4.7K

4.7K

TP4010

C4029

0.1

F

C4030 0.1 F

I2CDAT

I2CCLK

ASDATA1

ASDATA2

C4031

0.01

B IAMCLK R4025

IABCLK

IALRCLK

R4026

R4027

TP4015

TP4016

B4010

FCM2012H-102T04

R4058

220

AMCLK

100

100

ABCLK

ALRCLK

47 ASDATA0

SPDIF

5

3.2

SDA

GND

4

0

6

SCL

NC

3.2

3

0

REG+1.8V IC

7

WP

NC

0

2

0

IC4003 PQ070XZ01ZP

8

3.3

VCC

NC

1

0

C4026 0.1 F

R4014

B4006

4.7K

FCM2012H-102T04

P.CON+3.3V

D_GND

3.3

V_IN

1

3.3

V_C

2

1.9

V_OUT V_ADJ GND

6

3 4 5

1.2

0

P.CON+3.3V

TP4003

P.CON+5V

DUPRD1

GND

M_GND

VCC+9V

P.CON+A5V

P.CON+3.3V

W802

W801

L4001

2.2uH

0305 B4009

W4BRH3.5X6X1.0X2

SPDIF

2

DUPTD1

FROM/TO RF AMP/DSP

HOME

SPDL_SENS

TOUT_SW

TIN_SW

RFA_SDEN

RFA_DATA

RFA_SCLK

AAF_CE

AAF_FE

AAF_TE

AAF_PI

VR_SEL

FNN

FNP

VBIASS0

VBIASS1

DEFECT

LINK

MIRR

LDON

SMUTE

TRACK_DAC

FOCUS_DAC

SPINDLE_PWM

SLED_PWM

TRACK_PWM

FOCUS_PWM

P.CON+A5V

P.CON+3.3V

VCC+9V

P.CON+5V

ADCIN_7

ADCIN_6

ADCIN_5

M_GND

D_GND

GND

D4001 MCL4148

LEVEL CONVERT

Q4004

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

3.3

3.3

3.3

H

FROM/TO REGLATOR

L4002

W5T29X7.5X19

200/330mm

CD4002 (CP8001)

CU2B2001

GND

GND

TX

RX

GND(M)

P.CON+9V

P.CON+5V

P.CON+3.3V

P.CON+3.3V

GND

SPDIF-134

7

8

5

6

9

10

11

3

4

1

2

NC

R4053

1K

BOOTSEL2

NC

R4054

1K

BOOTSEL1

PCB130

VMC319

A B

DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)

C

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE EACH PART WAS

MEASURED WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER

DURING PLAYBACK.

D

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

E F G H

G-1 G-2

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

4

3

2

1

G-3

A

6

5

8

7

A B

FROM/TO MPEG/MICON

HD9

HD10

HD11

HD12

HD13

HD14

HD15

MEMCS0

RD

WR

HD1

HD2

HD3

HD4

HD5

HD6

HD7

HD8

HA9

HA10

HA11

HA12

HA13

HA14

HA15

HA16

HA1

HA2

HA3

HA4

HA5

HA6

HA7

HA8

HA17

HA18

HA19

HA20

HD0

SD_D4

SD_D5

SD_D6

SD_D7

SD_D8

SD_D9

SD_D10

SD_D11

SD_D12

SD_D13

SD_D14

SD_D15

RAMCS0#

RAMCS1#

RAMRAS#

RAMCAS#

SD_BA0

RAMDQM

RAMWE#

RAMCLK

HA0

SD_A0

SD_A1

SD_A2

SD_A3

SD_A4

SD_A5

SD_A6

SD_A7

SD_A8

SD_A9

SD_A10

SD_A11

SD_D0

SD_D1

SD_D2

SD_D3

P.CON+3.3V

D_GND

FROM AUDIO/VIDEO

RESET

C D E

MEMORY SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(DVD PCB)

HA16

C4064

0.1 F

HD15

HD5

HD12

HD4

HD7

HD14

HD6

HD13

HD11

HD3

HD10

HD2

HD9

HD1

HD8

HD0

RD

C4062

0.1 F

MEMCS0

HA0

B4007

FCM2012H-102T04

B4008

FCM2012H-102T04

W854

1.2

3.3

0.7

1.9

1.3

1.2

0.6

0.7

0.8

1.6

3.3

1.6

1.6

1.3

1.2

1.4

1.4

0.9

1.6

2.6

0

2.6

2.5

0

FLASH IC 8M

IC4007 SST39VF800A-70-4C-EK

A16 A15

VCCQ

VSS

DQ15

DQ7

DQ14

DQ6

DQ13

DQ5

DQ12

DQ4

VDD

DQ11

DQ3

DQ10

DQ2

DQ9

DQ1

DQ8

DQ0

DE#

VSS

CE#

A0 A1

1.7

1.0

A14

0.8

A13

1.5

A12

2.5

A11

1.3

A10

1.6

A9

A8

1.5

0

A19

0

A20

WE#

3.3

0

RP#

0.1

VPP

0.1

WP#

0

A19

1.6

A18

0.7

A17

1.4

A7

1.6

A6

1.6

A5

1.3

A4

1.7

A3

2.5

A2

1.6

R4041

4.7K

C4039

0.1 F

RESET

HA19

HA18

HA17

HA7

HA19

HA20

WR

HA11

HA10

HA9

HA8

HA15

HA14

HA13

HA12

HA6

HA5

HA4

HA3

HA2

HA1

F

SD_D15

SD_D14

SD_D13

C4040

SD_D12

0.1 F

SD_D11

SD_D10

SD_D9

SD_D8

RAMDQM

RAMCLK

SD_A11

SD_A9

SD_A8

SD_A7

SD_A6

SD_A5

SD_A4

C4041

0.1 F

3

R4048

3.3

47K

1.5

NC

0

0

0.2

0.2

1.0

1.0

1.0

0.9

0

1.7

0

0.8

3.3

2.1

0

NC

0

0

2.0

3.3

0.4

0.5

1.2

0

1.5

0

64M SDRAM IC

IC4005 M12L64164A-7T

VSS

DQ15

VSSQ

DQ14

DQ13

VDDQ

DQ12

DQ11

VSSQ

DQ10

DQ9

VDDQ

DQ8

VSS

A5

A4

VSS

NC

A11

A9

A8

NC

UDQM

CLK

CKE

A7

A6

CS

BA0

BA1

A10/AP

LDQM

WE

CAS

RAS

A0

A1

A2

A3

VDD

VDD

DQ0

VDDQ

DQ1

DQ2

VSSQ

DQ3

DQ4

VDDQ

DQ5

DQ6

VSSQ

DQ7

VDD

3.3

1.3

0.8

0

1.3

3.3

0

3.2

3.2

0.2

0

0

0.3

3.3

3.1

0.5

3.1

1.9

0.2

3.3

1.5

3.3

0.8

0.4

0

0.5

0.9

C4050

0.1 F

C4045

0.1 F

SD_D0

SD_D1

SD_D2

SD_D3

SD_D4

SD_D5

SD_D6

SD_D7

C4046

0.1 F

C4047

0.1 F

RAMDQM

RAMWE#

RAMCAS#

RAMRAS#

RAMCS1#

SD_BA0

RAMCS0#

SD_A10

SD_A0

SD_A1

SD_A2

SD_A3

G

B C

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

D

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE EACH PART WAS

MEASURED WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER

DURING PLAYBACK.

E F G

2

PCB130

VMC319

H

1

G-4

4

3

H

8

7

6

5

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

A B C D E

RF AMP/DSP SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(DVD PCB)

F G

FFC(P=0.5mm)

CD2601

2H0O1901

FROM/TO LODER

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

14

13

12

11

10

9

CP2601

IMSA-9631S-24Y901

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

T-

T+

F-

F+

MON(DVD)

NC(SW)

VOL(DVD)

GND(DVD)

LD(DVD)

LD(CD)

VOL(CD)

GND(CD)

MON(COM)

GND(NC)

B

A

RF

C

D

F

E

VCC

VREF

GND(PDIC)

NC

NC

NC

NC

FFC(P=1.0mm)

CD2602

2H080701

C2634

0.1

C2648

F

0.1

F

FROM/TO LODER

CP2602

IMSA-9615S-08C-PP

1

2

3

4

SLD-

SLD+

SP1-

5

6

SP1+

LIMIT SW

GND

7

8

SP_FG

+5V

NC

MOT_SLED-

MOT_SLED+

MOT_SPDL-

MOT_SPDL+

R2649

HOME

100

TR-

TR+

FO-

FO+

DVDPD

VR_DVD

DVDLD

CDLD

VR_CD

RF_GND

CDPD

OPU_RF

OPU_C

OPU_B

OPU_A

OPU_D

OPU_F

OPU_E

OPU_VREF

P.CON+3.3V

5

VR DVD CTL

Q2603

2SK3018

OPU_RF

D

S

0

0

G

0.7

R2620

4.7K

VR CD CTL

Q2604

2SK3018

D

S

0

0.5

G

R2647

0

4.7K

VR SEL CTL

Q2605

2SK3018

D

0

G

0.7

S

0

TP8

4

C2635

0.001 B

TP10

R2623

4.7K

M_GND

OPU_D

OPU_C

OPU_B

OPU_A

TP9

TP12 TP11

FNN

FNP

W807

1.5

64

0

63

3.1

62

3.1

61

4.3

60

4.3

59

5.1

58

2.4

57

2.6

56

3.5

55

3.5

54

2.3

53

0

52

0

51

0

50

0

49

C2603

0.0022 B

C2604

0.0022 B

C2605

0.0022 B

C2606

0.0022 B

C2607

33P CH

2.5

2.5

3.7

3.7

0

TP19

NC

0

NC

0

2.5

2.7

TP20

2.7

TP21

2.7

TP22

2.6

2.7

2.7

2.7

2.6

0

DVDRFN

A2

B2

C2

D2

CP

CN

D

C

B

A

CD_D

CD_C

CD_B

1

16

DVDRFP

CD_A

2.6

17

2.6

18

5.1

19

5.1

20

3.7

21

5.1

22

0.2

23

READ CHANNEL IC

IC2601

ZR36708TQC

0.2

24 25

0 3.3

4.7K

26

R2601

1.5

SDATA

3.3

48 SDEN

SCLK

33 LINK

V33

LCP

LCN

MNTR

CE

FE

TE

PI

V25

V125

TPH

DFT

27

0 2.7

28

2.2

29

2.3

30

2.9

31

0.2

32

R2602

3.3

4.2

C2616

4.1

470P CH

0

R2643

1.8

NC

1.7

1K

R2607

1.8

R2608

1.6

1.2K

1.2K

R2609

1.2K

3.3

1.7

R2605

10K +-1%

0

3.3

C2617

0.1 B

0

R2645

1K

1.8M

R2611

4.7K

R2612

4.7K

R2613

4.7K

C2654

0.01

R2644

B

2.2K

C2619

560P CH

C2620

0.0056

C2621

0.0056

C2622

0.0056

C2623

0.1

R2610

B

B

B

F

5.1K +-1%

C2618

0.1

B

C2615

0.1

R2646

F

2.2K

C2655

0.01 B

R2648

13K

TP26

AAF_CE

AAF_FE

AAF_TE

AAF_PI

VBIASS0

TP38

TP35

VBIASS1

DEFECT

TP33

LINK

MOT_SPDL+

R2625

MOT_SPDL-

RF_GND

D_GND

TP15

RFA_SDEN

TP16

RFA_DATA

TP17

RFA_SCLK

TP18

RF_A5V

4.7K

TRACK_PWM

FOCUS_PWM

W806

W862

R2626

4.7K

R2310

5.6K

R2627

1.5K

R2312

5.6K

R2631

5.2

5

+IN2

0.7

6

1M

-IN2

7.3

7

OUT2

8

5.2

VCC

GND

0

4

+IN1

5.2

3

-IN1

4.1

2

OUT1

1

4.1

R2306

5.6K

C2305

220P CH

FCM2012H-102T04

C2309

B2605

0.001 B

P.CON+9V

0

36

0

35

3.3

34

2.5 2.5

33 32

2.5

2.6

31 30

5.0

29

NC

1.6

28

0

38

NC

0.9

27

NC

1.6

2.5

26 25

2.5

2.6

24 23

2.5

22

2.5

3.0

21 20

2.5

19

P.CON+5V

B2604

FCM2012H-102T04

B2603

FCM2012H-102T04

C2312

0.001 B

FROM LODER

CP2603

A2001WR2-3P

1 CLOSE

2

3

GND(D)

OPEN

R2652

100

R2653

100

TIN_SW

TOUT_SW

TP043 TP39

W861

RF_GND

W808

SGND

0

1

0

2

9.1

3 4 5

0.2

NC

0.2

NC

4.0

6

4.3

7

4.3

8

4.1

9 37 10 11 12

5.3 3.1 4.2 4.2

13 14

9.1 2.5

15 16

0 2.5

17

2.5

18

R2328

R2325

4.7K

6.8K

P.CON+3.3V

DVDLD

CDLD

B2601

FCM2012H-102T04

DVD LD CTL

Q2601

2SA1036K

4.5

1.0

3.9

R2615

10

R2616

1K

C2640_1

D2601

KDS120RTK

6.3V

100 KA

TP40

C2641_1

6.3V

100 KA

B2602

FCM2012H-102T04 1.0

CD LD CTL

Q2602

2SA1036K

4.5

3.9

R2654

TP41

R2617

1K

R2618

18

18

TP42

C2302

R2303

0.1 B

2.2

C2303 0.1 B

R2304 2.2

C2307

0.1

B

C2308

0.1

B

D_GND

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE EACH PART WAS

MEASURED WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER

DURING PLAYBACK.

R2344

1.2

1/2W

R2345

1.2

1/2W

H

FROM/TO MPEG/MICON

SPDL_SENS

TOUT_SW

TIN_SW

RFA_SDEN

RFA_DATA

RFA_SCLK

AAF_CE

AAF_FE

AAF_TE

AAF_PI

VR_SEL

FNN

FNP

VBIASS0

VBIASS1

DEFECT

LINK

MIRR

LDON

HOME

GND

D_GND

P.CON+5V

P.CON+A5V

TRACK_PWM

FOCUS_PWM

P.CON+3.3V

SMUTE

TRACK_DAC

FOCUS_DAC

SPINDLE_PWM

SLED_PWM

ADCIN_7

ADCIN_5

ADCIN_6

VCC+9V

M_GND

PCB130

VMC319

A B C D E F G H

G-5 G-6

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

2

6 RESET

MC

MD

ML

AMCLK

ABCLK

ALRCLK

ASDATA0

GND

5

D_GND

4

TO MEMORY

RESET

8

7

FROM/TO MPEG/MICON

P.CON+A5V

DAC_VIDEO_C

DAC_VIDEO_B

DAC_VIDEO_D

P.CON+5V

P.CON+3.3V

A

3

B C

B8503

FCM2012H-102T04

B8502

FCM2012H-102T04

C8514_1

50V 4.7

KA

50V

C8513_1

4.7

KA

2.4

8

2.5

7

4.9

6

3.3

5

0

4

1.6

3

1.1

2

1.6

1

W878

6

W872

7

0

9

2.4

10

3.3

11

0

12

NC

0

13

0

14

3.3

15

1.7

16

D E

AUDIO/VIDEO SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(DVD PCB)

P.CON+A5V

DAC_VIDEO_B

DAC_VIDEO_D

DAC_VIDEO_C

C8505

12P CH

L8502

1uH 0305

C8508

12P CH

L8503

1uH

0305

C8511

12P CH

L8504

1uH

0305

0.6

VIDEO_BUFFER

Q8502

KTA1504S_Y_RTK

1.4

0

VIDEO_BUFFER

Q8503

KTA1504S_Y_RTK

0.6

1.3

0

0.5

VIDEO_BUFFER

Q8504

KTA1504S_Y_RTK

1.3

0

W876

W877

W879

F

10

9

8

DAC_C[C]_VIDEO

DAC_B[Y]_VIDEO

DAC_D_DVD_VIDEO

DAC_D_DVD_VIDEO

DAC_C[C]_VIDEO

DAC_B[Y]_VIDEO

L_AUDIO

R_AUDIO

ZERO

RESET

W871

1

G-7

A

PLAYBACK COLOR SIGNAL

PLAYBACK LUMINANCE SIGNAL

PLAYBACK VIDEO SIGNAL

AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)

DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)

B

R.SIGNAL

+ COMPONENT SIGNAL(U)

B.SIGNAL

+ COMPONENT SIGNAL(V)

C

G H

8

7

6

5

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE EACH PART WAS

MEASURED WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER

DURING PLAYBACK.

D E

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

F G

FFC(1.25P)

CD8501

2H0C1001

FROM/TO DVD IN/OUT

(CP8002) CP8502

IMSA-9604S-12Z13

CVBS

GND

C(CVBS)

1

2

3

4

GND

Y 5

6 GND

AUDIO-L

GND

7

8

AUDIO-R

ZERO

DVD RESET

GND

9

10

11

12

4

3

2

PCB130

VMC319

H

1

G-8

8

A B C D E

REGULATOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(AV PCB)

FROM POWER

UNREG+12V

UNREG+8V

UNREG+5V

GND

7

6

5

4

FROM/TO REGULATOR2

8

9

10

11

6

7

4

5

CP8001 (CD8505)

A2001WV2-11P

1 GND

2

3

GND

TX

RX

GND(M)

P.CON+9V

P.CON+5V

P.CON+3.3V

P.CON+3.3V

GND

SPDIF

3

2

FROM/TO AUDIO/VIDEO

10

11

12

7

8

5

6

3

4

1

2

CP8002 (CP8502)

IMSA-9604S-12Z14

GND

DVD RESET

ZERO

AUDIO-R

GND

AUDIO-L

GND

9

Y(G)

GND

C(CVBS)

GND

CVBS

5V REG IC

IC3001 KIA7805API

DVD_RESET

ZERO

DVD_A_OUT_R

DVD_A_OUT_L

DVD_Y

DVD_C

DVD_VIDEO_A

UNREG+12V

C3005

16V 470

8.1

IN

1

0

GND

2

OUT

3

5.0

YK

9V REG IC

IC3005 KIA7809API

D3008

1N4005-EIC

KTC3203_Y

7.9

DRIVER

Q3006

8.6

8.0

12.3

IN

1

L3001

10uH

TSL0808

0

GND

2

9.1

OUT

3

D3006

1N4005-EIC

C3001

16V 1000 YK

C3012

16V 470

C3002

YK

470P CH

W803

W819

TX

RX

S001X

SPDIF-134

P.CON+5V_A

S001Y

C3014_1

10V 100 YK

R3002

10K 1/4W

DRIVER

Q3000

KTA1281_Y

13.1

12.6

12.8

12.8

SW

Q3001

DTC114EKA

5.1

0

5V REG IC

IC3002 KIA7805API

D3007

MTZJ5.6B

L3000

10uH TSL0808

DRIVER

Q3010

KTA1281_Y

12.1

11.2

R3006

10K 1/4W

DRIVER

Q3004

KTA1281_Y

7.4

8.2

R3014

8.6

220 1/2W

11.8

R3010

1M 1/4W

R3018

1K 1/4W

HS3001

763WAA0157

DRIVER

Q3009

7.4

KTC3209_Y

D3005

8.1

IN

1

9.6

9.0

1N4005-EIC

0

GND

2

OUT

3

4.9

R3005

100 1/4W

3.3V OUT

Q3003

KTC4369

5.0

4.0

3.3

11.9

DRIVER

Q3005

KTC3209_Y

9.0

9.6

P.CON+9V

SW

Q3007

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

4.0

0

0

R3019

2.2K 1/4W

7.4

DRIVER

Q3008

KTC3203_Y

6.1

5.5

DVD_H

AT5.7VREG

8.5VREG

POWER_ON_H

F G

FROM/TO SOUND AMP

GND

TO STEREO

P.CON+9V

P.CON+5V

AT+5.6V

P.CON+12V

GND

FROM/TO VIF/SIF/CHROMA

8.5VREG

AT5.7VREG

DVD_Y

DVD_C

P.CON+5V

P.CON+9V

UNREG+12V

GND

TO DEFLECTION

P.CON+12V

P.CON+5V

GND

FROM/TO MICON/TUNER

DVD_H

POWER_ON_H

DVD_RESET

RX

TX

P.CON+5V

AT+5.6V

GND

TO IN/OUT

AT+5.6V

P.CON+9V

P.CON+5V

P.CON+12V

P.CON+5V_A

SPDIF-134

DVD_A_OUT_L

DVD_A_OUT_R

ZERO

DVD_VIDEO_A

GND

1

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

A B

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE EACH PART WAS

MEASURED WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER

DURING PLAYBACK.

C

CAUTION

:SINCE THESE PARTS MARKED BY

CRITICAL FOR SAFETY,USE ONES

DESCRIBED IN PARTS LIST ONLY

ARE

ATTENTION

:LES PIECES REPAREES PAR UN ETANT

DANGEREUSES AN POINT DE VUE SECURITE

N’UTILISER QUE CELLS DECRITES

DANS LA NOMENCLATURE DES PIECES

D E

CAUTION: DIGITAL TRANSISTOR

F

G-9

DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)

PLAYBACK LUMINANCE SIGNAL

PLAYBACK COLOR SIGNAL

PLAYBACK VIDEO SIGNAL

AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)

G

H

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

PCB250

TMB555

H

1

G-10

8

7

A B C D E

MICON /TUNER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(AV PCB)

19

20

18

0

NC

0

NC

4.8

0

NC

0

NC

0

NC

3.7

NC

0

NC

0

NC

4.6

4.5

4.5

0 0

NC

32.1

0

NC

0

21

F

5.2

SW

Q101

KTA1504S_Y_RTK

4.7

4.1

R119

10K

D106

MTZJ12B

G

FROM/TO IN/OUT

SCL

SDA

I2C_OFF

REMOCON

KEY_A

KEY_B

POWER_ON_H

H

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

0.2

RESET IC

5

NC

IC103

PST3231NR

0.3

NC

NC

4

NC

5.2

OUT

1

5.2

IN

2

GND

3

0

C103

6.3V

220 YK

1

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

A B

G-11

D101

1SS133

4.7K

R125

1/4W

X101

CSTLS16M0X53-A0

2

3 1

R140

100

5.2

42

2.6

41

2.9

40

22 23

24

C124

0

39

3.9

38

4.3

37

0.2

36

5.1

35

4.7

34

0.1 F

5.2

33

2.4

32

2.1

31

25

0

30

26

0

29

5.2

28

5.0

27

4.2

26

0

25

0

24

0

23

0

22

L101 56uH

R141

2.7K

R144

2.7K

R145

2.7K

0

1

0

2

0

3

5.2

4 5

0

NC

3.2

6

5.1

7

0

8

5.2

9

3.7

10

3.7

11

5.2

12

5.2

13

0

14

0

15

2.3

16

5.2

17

5.2

18

4.1

19

0

20

5.2

21

4.0

5

4.0

6

0

7

5.2

8

5.0

0

V-BUFFER

Q105

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

R159

0

33K 1/4W

W837

0

4

0

3

0

2

0

1

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE AT EACH PART WAS MEASURED

WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER WHEN THE COLOR BROADCAST

WAS RECEIVED IN GOOD CONDITION AND PICTURE IS NORMAL.

C

ATTENTION :LES PIECES REPAREES PAR UN ETANT

DANGEREUSES AN POINT DE VUE SECURITE

N’UTILISER QUE CELLS DECRITES

DANS LA NOMENCLATURE DES PIECES

D E

CAUTION :SINCE THESE PARTS MARKED BY

CRITICAL FOR SAFETY,USE ONES

DESCRIBED IN PARTS LIST ONLY

ARE

F

W804

FROM/TO VIF/SIF/CHROMA

OSD_Y

OSD_B

OSD_G

OSD_R

SDA

SCL

SYNC_VIDEO

H_CONTROL

PROTECT

POWER_ON_H

TUNER_VIDEO

SWD_V_OUT

HD

FROM DEFLECTION

VD

X-RAY

+30V

FROM POWER

POWER_FAIL

GND

FROM/TO REGULATOR

POWER_ON_H

DVD_RESET

DVD_H

RX

TX

P.CON+5V

AT+5.6V

GND

FROM/TO SOUND AMP

POWER_ON_H

A_MUTE

SCL

SDA

VOL_PWM

FROM/TO STEREO

TUNER_AUDIO

SCL

SDA

6

5

4

3

2

LUMINANCE SIGNAL

B.SIGNAL

G.SIGNAL

R.SIGNAL

G

TUNER AUDIO SIGNAL

TUNER VIDEO SIGNAL

PLAYBACK VIDEO SIGNAL

H

PCB250

TMB555

1

G-12

A B C D E

VIF/SIF/CHROMA SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(AV PCB)

F G

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

G-13

FROM/TO REGULATOR

DVD_Y

DVD_C

UNREG+12V

P.CON+5V

GND

P.CON+9V

AT5.7VREG

8.5VREG

TO DEFLECTION

V.OUT

ACL

AFC

H.OUT

FROM IN/OUT

FRONT_VIDEO

SWD_VIDEO

FROM/TO MICON/TUNER

HD

POWER_ON_H

SWD_V_OUT

TUNER_VIDEO

PROTECT

OSD_Y

OSD_B

OSD_G

OSD_R

SDA

SCL

SYNC_VIDEO

H_CONTROL

SWD_V_OUT

SCL

SDA

W827

W832

OSD_Y

OSD_B

OSD_G

OSD_R

HD

A

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

B

1K

R630

1/4W

R634

SW

Q602

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

0

4.7K

6.0

0

S002X

C4227

50V 1 KA

R625

22K

28

CHROMA IC

IC601

LA76319NM-MPB-E

5.2

3.4

3.4

3.4

NC

0

5.0

NC

0

NC

0

NC

0

NC

0

NC

0

NC

0

5.2

5.2

NC

0

NC

5.2

NC

0

48

NC

0

47

NC

0

46 45

5.2

44

0

43

5.2

42

2.5

41

2.5

40

4.5

NC

3.9

39

NC

0

38 37

3.4

36

5.0

35

3.0

34

3.5

33

2.6

C628 50V 0.47

KA

0

NC

REG

SW

C622

CLMP

0

VXD APC1 FSC

2.5

50V 1 KA

VIDEO

SW

AUDIO

SW

BUS

LPF

ATT

TRAP

BPF

V/Y

OSD

SW

CLMP

YC SN

CONTRAST

CL

TINT

SHARP

ACC

DC REST CONTRAST

OSD

SW

BS

SG

ORIVE/OUT-OFF

CEMO

RGB

MATRIX

BRIGHT

ABL/ACL

CLMP

AF

SW

COLOP

CLAMP

SYNC

SEP

VER

SEP

VER

C/D

VER

RAMP

1/256

HOR

VCC

HOR

VCO

HOR

C/D

AFC1

X-RAY

FBP

AFC2

PHASE

SHIFTER

HOR

OUT

2.5

0

0

1.7

5.9

0

NC

1.0

2.7

5.2

2.4

C601

0.1 B

R619

4.7K

+-1%

100

R616

1/4W

REG-SW

2.9

RST 5V/8V-REG

3.0

0

1

NC

0

2

NC

0

3

NC

0

4

5.0

5

6.0

6

8.6

7 8

2.6

NC

0

9

2.8

10

3.4

11

8.6

12

NC

0

13

7.9

14

3.7

15

3.5

16

3.5

C618

0.015 B

C619

50V 1 KA

R615

4.3K

R622

390 1/4W

DVD_Y

100

R613

1/2W

34

R618

220 1/4W 33

AFC

H.OUT

5.0

9.0

0

4.4

4.3

SW

Q605

DTA114EKA

P.CON+9V

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

H_CONTROL

5.0

SW

Q601

P.CON+5V

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE AT EACH PART WAS MEASURED

WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER WHEN THE COLOR BROADCAST

WAS RECEIVED IN GOOD CONDITION AND PICTURE IS NORMAL.

C D

R608

6.8K

CAUTION: DIGITAL TRANSISTOR

E

L601

100uH

R605

0305

27K

32

30 29 31

D603

1N4005-EIC

C634

50V 1 KA

27

PLAYBACK LUMINANCE SIGNAL

PLAYBACK COLOR SIGNAL

B.SIGNAL

G.SIGNAL

R.SIGNAL

F

TUNER VIDEO SIGNAL

PLAYBACK VIDEO SIGNAL

G

V.OUT

P.CON+5V_B

P.CON+9V

8.5VREG

ACL

TUNER_VIDEO

UNREG+12V

AT5.7VREG

TO CRT

(CP802B) CP802A

B2013H02-6P

CLAMP

GND

1

2

G.OUT

R.OUT

B.OUT

CLAMP_OFF

5

6

3

4

H

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

PCB250

TMB555

H

1

G-14

8

7

6

5

4

3

A B C D E

SOUND AMP SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(AV PCB)

FROM POWER

SOUND+B

SOUND_GND

FROM/TO REGULATOR

GND

FROM MICON/TUNER

POWER_ON_H

A_MUTE

VOL_PWM

W813

B301

W4BRH3.5X6X1.0

R302

68K

HS301

763WAA0200

SOUND_AMP IC

IC302 AN7522N

+ -

L R

+

1

8.0

2

4.6

3

0

4

4.6

R311

5

4.5

6

1.4

C307

7

0

C348

8

1.4

9

2.0

10

4.4

11

0

12

4.4

270K 0.01

B

0.01 B

R326

100

0

2.0

0

MUTE

Q301

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

35 36

FROM STEREO

A_OUT_L

P.CON+12_A

A_OUT_R

R309

1K

2.2

5.1

R305

1K

2.2

12.0

5.1

BUFFER

Q302

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

R301

BUFFER

Q305

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

2.2K

12.0

1/4W

R303

2.2K

1/4W

F G

CP301

TID-X02P-M1

SP OUT L+

SP OUT L-

SP OUT R+

SP OUT R-

CP302

TID-X02P-M1

1

2

CD301

CU12414A

1

2

FROM/TO SPEAKER

L CH

SPEAKER

R CH

SPEAKER

SP351

SG04D11BNA

8 OHM

1

2

1

2

CD302

CU12414A

SP352

SG04D11BNA

8 OHM

FROM/TO IN/OUT

SOUND_GND

SOUND_L+

SOUND_R+

SP_OUT_L

SP_OUT_R

2

1

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

A

G-15

B

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE AT EACH PART WAS MEASURED

WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER WHEN THE COLOR BROADCAST

WAS RECEIVED IN GOOD CONDITION AND PICTURE IS NORMAL.

C

ATTENTION

:LES PIECES REPAREES PAR UN ETANT

DANGEREUSES AN POINT DE VUE SECURITE

N’UTILISER QUE CELLS DECRITES

DANS LA NOMENCLATURE DES PIECES

D E

CAUTION

:SINCE THESE PARTS MARKED BY

CRITICAL FOR SAFETY,USE ONES

DESCRIBED IN PARTS LIST ONLY

ARE

F

AUDIO SIGNAL

AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)

G

H

2

PCB250

TMB555

1

H

G-16

8

7

6

5

4

3

A B C D E

IN/OUT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(AV PCB)

AT+5.6V

F G H

8

R2202

100 1/4W

OS2202

PIC-37243SR

1

2

3

Vout

B+

GND

8

0

5.2

SW

Q2201

DTC124EKA

R2214

820

R2216

1K

R2218

1.5K

R2220

2.7K

R2221

5.6K

7 7

6

5

TO STEREO

A_O_L

A_O_R

DVD_AUDIO_L

DVD_AUDIO_R

FRONT_A_IN_L

FRONT_A_IN_R

TO VIF/SIF CHROMA

FRONT_VIDEO

SWD_VIDEO

FROM REGULATOR

P.CON+5V_A

P.CON+5V

SPDIF-134

AT+5.6V

P.CON+12V

DVD_A_OUT_L

DVD_A_OUT_R

ZERO

P.CON+9V

GND

DVD_VIDEO_A

L4202

100uH 0305

R4205

2.2K

1/4W

1.6

4.9

D AUDIO DRIVER

Q4201

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

1.2

R4216

68

C4215

0.1

B

B4201

W5RH3.5X5X1.0

COAXIAL

J4201

MSP-251V-05PBSN

C4224

100P CH

L4201

100uH 0305

0

2.9

0

MUTE DET

Q4203

DTC144EKA

R4209

4.7K

R4243

10K

REMOCON

SOUND_GND

AT+5.6V

KEY_A

KEY_B

FRONT_A_IN_R

FRONT_A_IN_L

FRONT_VIDEO

SP_OUT_R

SOUND_R+

SOUND_L+

SP_OUT_L

C2205

16V 47 YK

HEADPHONE_JACK

J2201

MSJ-2000_AG

R2215

820

R2217

1K

R2219

1.5K

H

NC

2

NC

3

1

E

R4227

75

H

2

NC

NC

3

1

E

YELLOW

WHITE

H

2

NC

3

1

E

RED

6

5

4 4

3

2

FROM/TO MICON/TUNER

KEY_A

KEY_B

POWER_ON_H

SCL

SDA

REMOCON

I2C_OFF

FROM/TO SOUND AMP

SOUND_L+

SOUND_R+

SP_OUT_L

SP_OUT_R

SOUND_GND

R4208

10K

DVD_A_OUT_L

R4201

10K

C4206

50V 2.2

KA

R4211

100K

DVD_A_OUT_R

R4202

10K 50V

C4207

2.2

KA

R4212

100K

R4213

10K

C4220

0.0015 B

R4224

10K

R4229

12K

0

4

5.2

3

5.2

2

5.2

1

-

+

-

+

5.2

5

5.2

6

5.2

7

10.4

8

R4231

10K C4231

16V 22 KA

C4232

16V 22 KA

R4235

100 1/4W

R4234

100

1/4W

C4222

0.0015 B

R4223

10K R4228

12K

37

MUTE SW.

Q4210

DTA143EKA

5.2

5.2

0

0

5.2

MUTE SW.

Q4209

DTC124EKA

0

R4239

1K

38

MUTE SW

Q4212

KTC3875

S_Y_RTK

0

0

0

0

0

0

MUTE SW

Q4211

KTC3875

S_Y_RTK

SCL

SDA

I2C_OFF

A_O_L

A_O_R

DVD_VIDEO_A

SWD_VIDEO

39

TEST POINT

CP101

A2001WV2-9P

GND

I2C_SCL

I2C_SDA

I2C OFF

P.CON+9V

AUDIO_OUT_L

AUDIO_OUT_R

DVD_VIDEO

SWD_VIDEO

5

6

7

3

4

1

2

8

9

3

2

1

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE EACH PART WAS

MEASURED WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER

DURING PLAYBACK.

ATTENTION

:LES PIECES REPAREES PAR UN ETANT

DANGEREUSES AN POINT DE VUE SECURITE

N’UTILISER QUE CELLS DECRITES

DANS LA NOMENCLATURE DES PIECES

CAUTION

:SINCE THESE PARTS MARKED BY

CRITICAL FOR SAFETY,USE ONES

DESCRIBED IN PARTS LIST ONLY

ARE

G-17

A B C D E

CAUTION: DIGITAL TRANSISTOR

CAUTION: DIGITAL TRANSISTOR

F G

AUDIO SIGNAL

AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)

TUNER AUDIO SIGNAL

DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)

TUNER VIDEO SIGNAL

PCB250

TMB555

PLAYBACK VIDEO SIGNAL

H

1

G-18

4

3

2

1

G-19

A

6

5

8

7

A B C D

(AV PCB)

E

STEREO SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

F G

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

B C

C922

50V 2.2

KA

R911

100 1/4W

L904

100uH

40

R912

100 1/4W

41 42

R908

270

24

1

2.2

1.0

23

2

2.2

2.2

22

3

2.2

2.2

21

4

2.2

AGC

OUT SW DAC

Matrix

Cancel

Offset

De-Emph

75us

Switch

(L-R)/SAP

Filter

SAPout

Cancel

Offset

Expand

Wide Band

2.3

NC 0

20

ZAP

19

L-R Filter

L+R Filter

4.2

18

IIC Decoder

4.4

L-R Demod

L+R Demod

0

16

3.7

St.PLL

15

3.4

Det

Pilot

Cancel

Pilot

Filter

Stereo

Filter

Noise

14

2.2

VCA

Input

Filter

SAP

13

3.4

Det

SAP fH.2fH Trap Filter

RMS Det

Wide Band

5

2.4

6

0.7

dbx De-Emph

7

Vcc

5.1

8

2.6

Filter

Wide Band

Expand

Spectral

9

2.6

Filter

Spectral

RMS Det

Spectral

10

0.6

11

2.2

Demod

SAP

Det

Noise

12

3.6

FROM/TO MICON/TUNER

TUNER_AUDIO

SCL

SDA

TO SOUND AMP

A_OUT_L

A_OUT_R

P.CON+12_A

FROM IN/OUT

A_O_R

A_O_L

DVD_AUDIO_L

DVD_AUDIO_R

FRONT_A_IN_R

FRONT_A_IN_L

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE AT EACH PART WAS MEASURED

WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER WHEN THE COLOR BROADCAST

WAS RECEIVED IN GOOD CONDITION AND PICTURE IS NORMAL.

D E

FROM REGULATOR

P.CON+12V

P.CON+5V

GND

F

TUNER AUDIO SIGNAL

AUDIO SIGNAL

G

2

PCB250

TMB555

1

H

G-20

4

3

H

8

7

6

5

8

A B

V.OUTPUT IC

IC401 AN5522

THERMAL PROTECTION

-

+

1

Vcc

3.9

2

25.5

3

PUMP UP

1.3

GND

4

0

5

12.9

6

24.8

7

3.9

W843

C D E F G H

8

7

6

FROM/TO VIF/SIF/CROMA

V.OUT

ACL

AFC

VD

H.OUT

5

FROM REGULATOR

GND

P.CON+5V

TO MICON/TUNER

VD

X-RAY

+30V

4

FROM POWER

+B

UNREG+12V

S002Y

GND

3

2

R412

3.3K 1/4W

3.3K

R424

1/4W

W914

W916

R420

2.2K

R413

1.8K

1/4W

R416

56K 1/4W

HS401_1

763WSA0013

R401

330 2W

D406

1SS133

D405

1SS133

R402

220 1W

W810

0

14.3

0

H-DRIVE

Q405

KTC3227_Y

31.0

NC

0.2

22.3

T401

ETH09K14BZ

3

2

1

4

6

0

1.3

44

1.3

0

247.6

H.OUTPUT

Q406

TT2140LS-YBC11

HS402

763WSA0017

TP401

D409

1SS133

R442

22K M +-1%

TP402

R445

15K 1/4W

TP403

43

W826

C431

250V 22 YK

C429

500V 0.0022

D411

1N4937

B

R450_1

5.6 1W

C402

100V 22 YK

272.0

FB401_1

FNI-14B001

1

COL

110.4

6

VIDEO

-0.2

NC

0

2

B+

0

9

AFC

0

8

GND

E12

4

0

3

E25

C439

500V 56P

R423

10K 1/4W

SL

R453

180K 1/2W

W836

HV

F

S

GND

11

ABL

7

0

HEATER

10

0

5

2.7

NC

GND

8

7

TO DY

CP401

A1561WV2-A5P

5

4

3

NC 2

1

6

V801

A34AGT13X98(DL)

9

10

8

6

11

R

G

B

5 7 1

2 1

CD805 (CP801)

SM1098-009-1A

5

TO CRT

4

FOCUS

SCREEN

180V

NC

HEATER

TO CRT

(CP803B) CP803A

B2013H02-4P

180V 4

3

GND

HEATER

2

1

3

PCB250

TMB555

2

1

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

A B

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE AT EACH PART WAS MEASURED

WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER WHEN THE COLOR BROADCAST

WAS RECEIVED IN GOOD CONDITION AND PICTURE IS NORMAL.

C

G-21

NOTE: THE RESISTOR MARKED F IS FUSE RESISTOR.

THE ALUMI ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITOR MARKED NP

IS NON POLAR ONE.

D E

ATTENTION :LES PIECES REPAREES PAR UN ETANT

DANGEREUSES AN POINT DE VUE SECURITE

N’UTILISER QUE CELLS DECRITES

DANS LA NOMENCLATURE DES PIECES

F

CAUTION :SINCE THESE PARTS MARKED BY

CRITICAL FOR SAFETY,USE ONES

DESCRIBED IN PARTS LIST ONLY

ARE

G

DEFLECTION SIGNAL 1

H

G-22

5

8

7

6

A B

CRT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(CRT PCB)

C

FROM VIF/SIF/CHROMA

4

5

6

1

2

3

CP802B (CP802A)

B2013H02-6P

CLAMP

GND

G.OUT

R.OUT

B.OUT

CLAMP OFF

FROM DEFLECTION

3

4

1

2

CP803B (CP803A)

B2013H02-4P

HEATER

GND

180V

NC

FROM/TO DEFLECTION

1

2

CP801 (CD805)

A2361WV2-2P

GND

GND

D E

2.6

120.0

3.0

RED AMP

Q804

2SC4217

45

2.5

122.0

2.9

GREEN AMP

Q805

2SC4217

46

2.7

115.0

3.1

BLUE AMP

Q806

2SC4217

47

F G

4

3

2

1

G-23

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

A B

FOCUS

SCREEN

SCREEN

CP806_1

CRT SOCKET

J801_1

ISMS01S

0

0

6.4

99.6

101.6

0

ACCESSORY

ANT001

HPAS-2S780

TM101

R25-2102

PCB110

TCB412

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE AT EACH PART WAS MEASURED

WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER WHEN THE COLOR BROADCAST

WAS RECEIVED IN GOOD CONDITION AND PICTURE IS NORMAL.

C D

ATTENTION

:LES PIECES REPAREES PAR UN ETANT

DANGEREUSES AN POINT DE VUE SECURITE

N’UTILISER QUE CELLS DECRITES

DANS LA NOMENCLATURE DES PIECES

E

CAUTION :SINCE THESE PARTS MARKED BY

CRITICAL FOR SAFETY,USE ONES

DESCRIBED IN PARTS LIST ONLY

ARE

F G

R.SIGNAL

G.SIGNAL

B.SIGNAL

4

3

2

1

H

G-24

H

8

7

6

5

8

A B C D E

POWER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(POWER PCB)

F G H

D3823

SB340L-6737

7

DEGAUSS COIL

L3800

8R140031

1

2

CP3800

A1561WV2-2P

TH3800_2

ZPB45BL3R0A

PH3800

003P-2100

PH3801

003P-2100

6

5

AC120V_60Hz

CD3800

09414909

L3803

W5T_20*10*10A

WHITE

BLACK

S3802

WHITE

S3801

BLACK

F3800

51MS050L

5A125V

FH3800

EYF-52BCY

5A 125V

FH3801

EYF-52BCY

W808

4

3

C3809

0.012 B

6.0

6.3

FEED BACK

SWITCHING

Q3800

KTC3198

5.4

R3817

1 5W

C3810

500V

0.001

B

C3812

500V

0.001

B

7.3

6.3

13.6

0.4

FEED BACK

IC3800

COIL,LINE FILTER

L3801_1

1R1A223F28

4

2

3

1

PS2561L1-1-V(W)

6.3

0

0.4

BUFFER

Q3802

KTC3203_Y

W802

48

R3816

680 1/4W

D3811

1SS133

POWER

Q3803

STP5NC50FP

6.3

G

D 240

S

0

R3826

1.2M 1/4W

R3827

1.2M

1/4W

B3800

W5RH3.5X5X1.0

HS3800

763WAA0227

C3807

100V 0.047

MMTS R3833

330 1/4W

D3806

1N4937-B-EIC

D3807

1N4937

R3825

10 1/2W

2

R3828

0.22 1W

CAUTION: IS THE LIVE CONNECTION

1

5A 125V

ATTENTION

:POUR UNE PROTECTION CONTINUE LES RISQUES D’INCEIE

N’UTILISER QUE DES FUSIBLE DE MEME TYPE 5A125V(F3800).

CAUTION :FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD,

REPLACE ONLY WITH THE SAME TYPE FUSE 5A125V(F3800).

A B

G-25

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE AT EACH PART WAS MEASURED

WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER WHEN THE COLOR BROADCAST

WAS RECEIVED IN GOOD CONDITION AND PICTURE IS NORMAL.

C D

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

E

T3800

81291074

240

8

240

7

240

6

240

5

P2

P1

10.0

3

0

2

20.0

1

P4

P3

4.5V

10

5.0

5V

11

10.0

NC

SB

12

8.0

W838

SG

13

0

135V

14

135

HG

15

0

LG

16

0

12V

17

12.0

8V

18

8.0

D3821

RU2AM-EIC

D3818

1N4937

R3829

100 1/4W

D3817

SB340L-6737

R3830

1K 1/4W

D3819

21DQ09N

49

D3830

21DQ09N

D3820

21DQ09N

SHORT

W818

TO DEFLECTION

+B

UNREG+12V

GND

6

TO SOUND AMP

SOUND_GND

SOUND+B

TO MICON/TUNER

POWER_FAIL

GND

5

TO REGULATOR

UNREG+12V

UNREG+8V

UNREG+5V

GND

7

4

3

R3813

100 1/4W

D3831

MTZJ3.9B

D3802

1SS133

D3822

1SS133

2

CAUTION :SINCE THESE PARTS MARKED BY

CRITICAL FOR SAFETY,USE ONES

DESCRIBED IN PARTS LIST ONLY

ARE

F

R3831

100 1/4W

ATTENTION :LES PIECES REPAREES PAR UN ETANT

DANGEREUSES AN POINT DE VUE SECURITE

N’UTILISER QUE CELLS DECRITES

DANS LA NOMENCLATURE DES PIECES

G H

PCB250

TMB555

1

G-26

8

A B C D E

INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

F G H

8 8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

G-27

A

FOCUS SCREEN

CD805

NC

NC

CRT PCB

PCB110

TCB412

H

2

H

2

NC

3

E

1

1

E

COAXIAL

J4201

FRONT VIDEO JACK

J2202

YELLOW

H

2

NC

3

1

E

H

2

NC

3

1

E

FRONT AUDIO JACK

J2203

WHITE

FRONT AUDIO JACK

J2204

RED

HEADPHONE_JACK

J2201

V801

NOTE: THIS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

B C

AV PCB

PCB250

TMB555

CP802A

CLAMP

GND

G.OUT

R.OUT

B.OUT

CLAMP_OFF

1

4

5

2

3

6

GND

GND

TX

RX

CP8001

1

2

3

4

GND(M)

P.CON+9V

P.CON+5V_A

P.CON+3.3V

P.CON+3.3V

GND

SPDIF-134

CP8002

10

11

8

9

CVBS

GND

C(CVBS)

GND

Y(G)

5

6

7

12

11

10

9

8

GND

AUDIO-L

GND

AUDIO-R

ZERO

DVD RESET

GND

3

2

1

5

4

7

6

2

1

4

3

7

6

5

10

9

8

12

11

CD8501

FFC

1

2

3

4

5

9

10

11

12

6

7

8

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

8

9

10

11

5

6

7

1

2

3

4

CD4002

GND

GND

TX

RX

GND(M)

P.CON+9V

P.CON+5V

P.CON+3.3V

P.CON+3.3V

GND

SPDIF-134

2

3

4

5

1

CP8502

CVBS

GND

C(CVBS)

GND

Y

GND

AUDIO-L

GND

AUDIO-R

ZERO

DVD RESET

GND

DVD PCB

PCB130

VMC319

LD(CD)

VOL(CD)

GND(CD)

MON(COM)

GND(NC)

RF

C

B

F

E

A

D

VCC

VREF

T-

T+

F-

F+

MON(DVD)

NC(SW)

VOL(DVD)

GND(DVD)

LD(DVD)

CP2601

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

GND(PDIC)

5

4

7

6

3

2

9

8

11

10

15

14

13

12

1

SLD-

SLD+

SP1-

SP1+

LIMIT SW

GND

SP_FG

+5V

CP2602

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

CD2601

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

CD2602

FFC

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

5

4

7

6

3

2

9

8

11

10

15

14

13

12

20

19

18

17

16

24

23

22

21

1

5

4

7

6

3

2

9

8

11

10

15

14

13

12

20

19

18

17

16

24

23

22

21

1

CLOSE

CP2603

1

GND(D)

OPEN

2

3

SLD-

SLD+

SP1-

SP1+

LIMIT SW

GND

SP_FG

+5V

CLOSE

GND(D)

OPEN

T-

T+

F-

F+

MON(DVD)

NC(SW)

VOL(DVD)

GND(DVD)

LD(DVD)

LD(CD)

VOL(CD)

GND(CD)

MON(COM)

GND(NC)

RF

C

B

F

E

A

D

VCC

VREF

GND(PDIC)

DVD

DRIVE

DM-2

OPTICAL PICK-UP

SPINDLE MOTOR

SLED,LOADING MOTOR

FG SENSER

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

TU001

4

5

6

1

2

3 +B

7

8

9

10 CLOCK

11 DATA

12 AFT OUT

13

AUDIO

OUT

14 SIF OUT

15 BT

16 IF OUT

17

VIDEO

OUT

CP3800

1

2

DEGAUSS COIL

L3800

S3802

WHITE

S3801

BLACK

WHITE

BLACK

AC120V_60Hz

CD3800

CAUTION

:SINCE THESE PARTS MARKED BY

CRITICAL FOR SAFETY,USE ONES

DESCRIBED IN PARTS LIST ONLY

ARE

D E

ATTENTION

:LES PIECES REPAREES PAR UN ETANT

DANGEREUSES AN POINT DE VUE SECURITE

N’UTILISER QUE CELLS DECRITES

DANS LA NOMENCLATURE DES PIECES

F G

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

H

G-28

MPEG/MICON

10ns

100mV

1

100ns

100mV

2

MEMORY

5ns

200mV

3

RF AMP/DSP

200ns

500mV

4

200ns

100mV

5

WAVEFORMS

AUDIO/VIDEO

500

µ s

500mV

6

MICON/TUNER

POWER ON

0.2ms

1.0V

22

500

µ s

500mV

7

POWER ON

0.2ms

1.0V

23

10

µ s

200mV

8

POWER ON

0.2ms

1.0V

24

100

µ s

200mV

9

POWER ON

5ms

1.0V

25

10

µ s

100mV

10

POWER ON

50

µ s

1.0V

26

NOTE: The following waveforms were measured at the point of the corresponding balloon number in the schematic diagram.

H-1

VIF/SIF/CHROMA

POWER ON

20

µ s

0.5V

27

STANDBY

0.5

µ s

50mV

28

POWER ON

10ms

0.5V

32

WAVEFORMS

IN/OUT

DVD PLAY

0.5ms

200mV

37

POWER ON

20

µ s

0.5V

33

DVD PLAY

0.5ms

200mV

38

POWER ON

10

µ s

2.0V

29

POWER ON

10

µ s

2.0V

30

POWER ON

20

µ s

2.0V

34

SOUND AMP

POWER ON

1ms

100mV

35

DVD PLAY

10

µ s

0.5V

39

STEREO

POWER ON

1ms

50mV

40

POWER ON

10

µ s

2.0V

31

POWER ON

1ms

100mV

36

POWER ON

1ms

200mV

41

NOTE: The following waveforms were measured at the point of the corresponding balloon number in the schematic diagram.

H-2

POWER ON

20

µ s

5.0V

44

CRT

POWER ON

20

µ s

50V

45

POWER ON

1ms

200mV

42

DEFLECTION

POWER ON

5ms

10.0V

43

POWER ON

20

µ s

50V

46

POWER ON

20

µ s

50V

47

WAVEFORMS

POWER

STANDBY

5

µ s

5.0V

48

STANDBY

5

µ s

5.0V

49

NOTE: The following waveforms were measured at the point of the corresponding balloon number in the schematic diagram.

H-3

MECHANICAL EXPLODED VIEW

202

114

202

206

202

117

201

102

113

117

201

PCB110

(CRT PCB ASS'Y)

117

201

V801

SP302

210

210

117

201

101F

109

101I

212

101D

101G

101E

101C

101B

212

101H

212

101H

B

210

210

116

210

SP301

101A

101

I1-1

202

MECHANICAL EXPLODED VIEW

208

208

208

115

209

205

209

209

209

118

209 208

205

PCB130

(DVD PCB ASS'Y)

205

208

208

208

112

110

208

208

208

208

208

108

208

208

205

208

112

208

104

106

208

208

211

I1-2

DVD DECK EXPLODED VIEW

AC

615

600

613 612

619

606

606

608

AA

AA

AA

618

AA

AC

CD2302

701

SW1

AD

617

604

610

AA

AC

705

603

AC

602

614

616

CLASS

GREASE

PART NO.

Y315061000

Y315121000

Y315131000

Y31D031000

PCB640

SW2

(SW PCB ASS'Y)

703 704

CD2001

Do not replace the parts. Because, minute adjustments are needed if this condition is disassembled further more.

If the repair is needed, replace the

DVD MECHA ASS'Y.

605

605

601

702

607

AA

AA

621

M2602

CP1

PCB68A

(RELAY PCB ASS'Y)

622

623

AB

609

620

611

AA

CD2301

PART NAME

G-555G

G-337F

SF-112

ORG-102

MARK

AA

AB

AC

AD

I2-1

NOTE: Applying positions AA, AB, AC and AD for the grease are displayed for this section.

Check if the correct grease is applied for each position.

MECHANICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

201

202

203

204

205

206

207

208

209

210

211

212

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

109

REF. NO. PART NO.

101

101A

101B

101C

101D

101E

101F

101G

101H

101I

7A701A118A FRONT,CABI ASS'Y

701WPJC660 CABINET,FRONT

713WPA0257 GLASS,LED

713WPA0258 GUIDE,REMOCON

735WPAA576 STOPPER,BUTTON

735WPBB086 BUTTON,FRAME

712WPBA056 FLAP,DVD

742WKA0001 SPRING,DVD-FLAP

761WPA0283 HOLDER,FLAP

800WQ0A077 FELT,SHEET

DESCRIPTION

2x107xT=0.5

A5K315V740 CABINET,BACK ASS'Y

702WPAA679 CABINET,BACK

724WNAA001 SHEET,PVC

761WSAA021 ANGLE DECK

761WPA0249 HOLDER,FBT

7230007593 SHEET,JACK

702WSA0165 PLATE,BOTTOM

702WSA0213 SHIELD,TOP

7235630001 SHEET,DVD(NEW)

7260000341 SHEET,CAUTION

752WSA0333 SHIELD,JACK

8995034000 CORD CLIP UL CO.

741WUA0021 SPRING,EARTH

722A08A145 SHEET,RATING

899EFBA001 WIRING CLIP

899EFBA002 WIRING-CLIP

7230006755 SHEET,CAUTION

800WR0A011 SHEET CRT SUPPORT (D)

752WSA0384 ANGLE,DVD 2

5x10xT0.3

8121F50B84 SCREW,TAP TITE(P)

8117540A64 SCREW,TAPPING(B0)

8117540804 SCREW,TAPPING(B0)

8109I30A04 SCREW,TAP TITE(B)

8109I30804 SCREW,TAP TITE(B)

8109230804 SCREW,TAP TITE(B)

8109630802 SCREW,TAP TITE(B)

8109230604 SCREW,TAP TITE(B)

810F130804 SEMS(F)

8110630804 SCREW,TAP TITE(P)

8107630804 SCREW,TAP TITE(S)

8110E30804 SCREW,TAP TITE(P)

A5K315V975 INSTRUCTION BOOK KIT

J5K31521A INSTRUCTION BOOK

JA5U0100 POLYBAG,INSTRUCTION

791WHAA016 LAMIFILM BAG

792WHAA077 PACKAGE,TOP

792WHAA078 PACKAGE,BOTTOM

793WCDC358 GIFT BOX

FAI20 FLAT 5x28

TRUSS 4x16

TRUSS 4x8

WH7 3x10

WH7 3x8

BIND 3x8

BRAZIER 3x8

BIND 3x6

3x8

BRAZIER 3x8

BRAZIER 3x8

WH10 3x8 or or

J1-1

DVD DECK REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

REF. NO. PART NO.

600

DESCRIPTION

A5J503C650P DVD MECHA ASS'Y A5J503C650P

610

611

612

613

614

615

616

617

618

619

620

621

622

623

601

602

603

604

605

606

607

608

609

92P100022A TRAVERSE HOLDER

92P100080A RACK,FEED 1A

92P100081A RACK,FEED 2A

92P100035A LEVER,RACK FEED

92P200006A INSULATOR(F)

92P200007A INSULATOR(R)

92P100029A GEAR,FEED

92P300009A SPRING,RACK L

92P100028A GEAR,MIDDLE 3

92P300019A SPRING,RACK FEED 1A

92P100040A ARM,IDLER 2

92P000001A CLAMPER PLATE

92P100019A RACK,LOADING

92P100020A MAIN FRAME M

92P100039A TRAY

92P100023A GEAR,MAIN

92P100082A CLAMPER 2

92P300002A SPRING,RACK LOADING

92P400002A MAGNET,CLAMPER

92P100030A GEAR,IDLER

92P100025A GEAR,MOTOR

92P100083A GEAR,MIDDLE 1

92P100027A GEAR,MIDDLE 2

701

702

703

704

705

CD2001

CD2301

CD2302

CP1

M2601

! M2602

PCB640

PCB68A

SW1

SW2

8110226804 SCREW,TAP TITE(P) BIND

8110120604 SCREW,TAP TITE(P) PAN

8107220504 SCREW,TAP TITE(S) BIND

8140117254 SCREW,PAN

8110220804 SCREW,TAP TITE(P) BIND

122H0O1901 CORD JUMPER

122H080701 CORD JUMPER

06CH232101 CORD CONNECTOR

069JV80180 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

1516S08002 SPINDLE MOTOR

1515S98001 FEED MOTOR

A5E601V640 PCB ASS'Y

A5E601V680 PCB ASS'Y

0515S32001 SWITCH

0500101036 PUSH SWITCH

2.6x8

2x6

2x5

M1.7x2.5 P3

2x8

2H0O1901

2H080701

CH232101

IMSA-9615S-08C-PP

JCL9B65

BCD3B81

BEC001A

BEC002A

SSS-23-6

ESE22MH22

J2-1

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

! D416

D603

D801

D802

D803

D2201

D2601

D3003

D3005

D3006

D3007

D3008

D3009

D3801

D3802

D3803

D3804

D3805

D3806

D3807

D101

D102

D103

D105

D106

D107

D401

! D402

D403

D404

D405

D406

D408

D409

D410

D411

D413

C313

! C402

! C403

! C407

C423

! C428

C431

C802

C3007

! C3801

C3811

! C3815

! C3816

C3818

! C3820

! C3822

! C3823

! C3826

C3827

REF. NO. PART NO.

! R401

DESCRIPTION

R E S I S T O R S

R3X28A331J R,METAL OXIDE 330 OHM 2W

! R402

! R418

! R442

! R444

! R445

! R447

R450

! R803

! R805

! R807

R2344

R2345

! R3803

! R3806

! R3812

! R3817

! R3821

! R3828

R3X181221J R,METAL OXIDE

R002T22R2J RC

R4X5T6223F R,METAL

R4X5T6562F R,METAL

R002T4153J RC

R65582680J R,FUSE

R635815R6J R,FUSE

R3X18A123J R,METAL OXIDE

R3X18A123J R,METAL OXIDE

R3X18A123J R,METAL OXIDE

R002021R2J RC

R002021R2J RC

R002T2155J RC

R0G3K2275K RC

R3X181331J R,METAL OXIDE

R5Y2CD010J R,CEMENT

R3X181R47J R,METAL OXIDE

R63581R22J R,FUSE

CAPACITORS

E5EZF3222M CE

E02LU8220M CE

E5EZT2471M CE

E02LF3222M CE

P4J7F3394J CMPP

P4N8FJ862H CMPP

E0ELFD220M CE

C0JBB0713K CC

E02L05010M CE

P2122B224M CMP

C0PLRR7E3K CC

E51CGC471M CE

CD39E0MQ3M CC

E5EZF3222M CE

E50HU5100M CE

E5EZF2222M CE

E5EZF3102M CE

E62NFC221M CE

E5EZF3222M CE

D I O D E S

220 OHM 1W

2.2 OHM 1/2W

22K OHM 1/6W

5.6K OHM 1/6W

15K OHM 1/4W

68 OHM 1/2W

5.6 OHM 1W

12K OHM 2W

12K OHM 2W

12K OHM 2W

1.2 OHM 1/2W

1.2 OHM 1/2W

1.5M OHM 1/2W

2.7M OHM 1/2W

330 OHM 1W

1 OHM 5W

0.47 OHM 1W

0.22 OHM 1W

REF. NO. PART NO.

! D3808

2200 UF 25V

22 UF 100V

470 UF 16V

0.22 UF 275V ECQUL

0.0015 UF 2KV R

IC101

IC103

IC199

2200 UF 25V ! IC302

0.39 UF 250V PMS ! IC401

0.0086UF 1.25KV

22 UF 250V

IC601

IC902

0.001 UF 2KV B

1 UF 50V

IC2301

IC2601

IC2602

! IC3001

470 UF 200V

0.0047UF 250V

2200 UF 25V

10 UF 50V

2200 UF 16V

1000 UF 25V

220 UF 200V

2200 UF 25V

IC3002

IC3005

! IC3800

IC4001

IC4002

IC4003

IC4005

! D3809

D3810

D3811

! D3815

! D3816

! D3817

! D3818

! D3819

! D3820

! D3821

D3822

! D3823

D3826

D3827

D3828

! D3830

D3831

D4001

IC4007

I55D06079A IC

DESCRIPTION

D I O D E S

D2WTRM11C0 DIODE SILICON

D2WTRM11C0 DIODE SILICON

D97U01801B DIODE,ZENER

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D2WTRM11C0 DIODE SILICON

D2WTRM11C0 DIODE SILICON

D2LKB340L0 DIODE SCHOTTKY

D2WXN49370 DIODE SILICON

D28T21DQN9 DIODE SCHOTTKY

D28T21DQN9 DIODE SCHOTTKY

D2WXRU2AM0 DIODE SILICON

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D2LKB340L0 DIODE SCHOTTKY

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D97U02R21B DIODE,ZENER

D28T21DQN9 DIODE SCHOTTKY

D97U03R91B DIODE,ZENER

DDDRL41480 DIODE SILICON

I C S

I9UF032310 IC

A5K315V255 INIT DATA

I0FSP7522N IC

I01TD55220 IC

I03FC319N0 IC

I01FF58290 IC

I03F065600 IC

ICQK067080 IC

I07E00358F IC

I1KA97805A IC

I1KA97805A IC

I1KA97809A IC

000220001W PHOTO COUPLER

ICQK067620 IC

ICRJ0C04N0 IC

I0GF9XZ010 IC

IF9J0164A7 IC

IF3J00HGT7 IC

IF8J064006 IC

ICMJ0800A8 IC

ICMJ0F8009 IC

RM11C-EIC

RM11C-EIC

MTZJ18B T-77

1SS133T-77

RM11C-EIC

RM11C-EIC

SB340L-6737

1N4937

21DQ09N-TA2B1

21DQ09N-TA2B1

RU2AM-EIC

1SS133T-77

SB340L-6737

1SS133T-77

1SS133T-77

MTZJ2.2B T-77

21DQ09N-TA2B1

MTZJ3.9B T-77

MCL4148

OEC6079A

PST3231NR

AN7522N

AN5522

LA76319NM-MPB-E

AN5829S

LA6560

ZR36708TQC

BA10358F-E2

KIA7805API

KIA7805API

KIA7809API

PS2561L1-1-V(W)

ZR36762

AT24C04N-10SI-2.7

PQ070XZ01ZP

M12L64164A-7T

HY57V641620HGT-7

IC42S16400-6TG

SST39VF800A-70-4C-EK-D

SST39VF800-70-4C-EK

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D97U05R61B DIODE,ZENER

D97U05R61B DIODE,ZENER

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D97U01201B DIODE,ZENER

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D2WT011E10 DIODE SILICON

D2WXN49370 DIODE SILICON

D97U03001B DIODE,ZENER

D97U03001B DIODE,ZENER

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D97U03301B DIODE,ZENER

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D97U06R81B DIODE,ZENER

D2WXN49370 DIODE SILICON

D2WXN49370 DIODE SILICON

D97U05R11B DIODE,ZENER

D2WXN40050 DIODE SILICON

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

0021E2Q140 LED

DDARDS1200 DIODE SILICON

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D2WXN40050 DIODE SILICON

D2WXN40050 DIODE SILICON

D97U05R61B DIODE,ZENER

D2WXN40050 DIODE SILICON

D97U03R61B DIODE,ZENER

D97U05R61B DIODE,ZENER

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D97U01801B DIODE,ZENER

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D2W0N49370 DIODE SILICON

D2WXN49370 DIODE SILICON

1SS133T-77

MTZJ5.6B T-77

MTZJ5.6B T-77

1SS133T-77

MTZJ12B T-77

1SS133T-77

11E1-EIC

1N4937

MTZJ30B T-77

MTZJ30B T-77

1SS133T-77

1SS133T-77

MTZJ33B T-77

1SS133T-77

MTZJ6.8B T-77

1N4937

1N4937

MTZJ5.1B T-77

1N4005-EIC

1SS133T-77

1SS133T-77

1SS133T-77

LTL-1CHEE-002A

KDS120RTK

1SS133T-77

1N4005-EIC

1N4005-EIC

MTZJ5.6B T-77

1N4005-EIC

MTZJ3.6B T-77

MTZJ5.6B T-77

1SS133T-77

1SS133T-77

MTZJ18B T-77

1SS133T-77

1N4937-B-EIC

1N4937

IC4201

IC8502

Q2603

Q2604

Q2605

Q3000

Q3001

! Q3003

Q3004

Q3005

Q3006

Q3007

Q3008

Q3009

Q3010

Q3800

! Q3802

! Q3803

Q101

Q105

Q301

Q302

Q305

! Q405

! Q406

Q601

Q602

Q605

! Q804

! Q805

! Q806

Q2201

Q2601

Q2602

I0QJ045800 IC

I17F02KEG0 IC

TRANSISTORS

TAAA1504SY TRANSISTOR SILICON

TCAA3875SY TRANSISTOR SILICON

TCAA3875SY TRANSISTOR SILICON

TCAA3875SY TRANSISTOR SILICON

TCAA3875SY TRANSISTOR SILICON

TCAT03227Y TRANSISTOR SILICON

TD3Q021400 TRANSISTOR SILICON

TCAA3875SY TRANSISTOR SILICON

NJM4580M(TE1)

PCM1742KEG/2K

KTA1504S_Y_RTK

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

KTC3227_Y-AT

TT2140LS-YBC11

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

TCAA3875SY TRANSISTOR SILICON KTC3875S_Y_RTK

TPYJB05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR DTA114EKAT146

TC3F042170 TRANSISTOR,SILICON

TC3F042170 TRANSISTOR,SILICON

2SC4217(D,E)-RAC

2SC4217(D,E)-RAC

TC3F042170 TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC4217(D,E)-RAC

TNYJC05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR DTC124EKAT146

T67J1036K0 TRANSISTOR SILICON

T67J1036K0 TRANSISTOR SILICON

2SA1036KT146

2SA1036KT146

T27T030180 FET

T27T030180 FET

T27T030180 FET

TAAT01281Y TRANSISTOR SILICON

2SK3018

2SK3018

2SK3018

KTA1281_Y

TNYJB05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR DTC114EKAT146

TCA0043690 TRANSISTOR SILICON KTC4369(O,Y)

TAAT01281Y TRANSISTOR SILICON

TCAT03209Y TRANSISTOR SILICON

TCAT032034 TRANSISTOR, SILICON

KTA1281_Y

KTC3209_Y-AT

KTC3203_Y-AT

TCAA3875SY TRANSISTOR SILICON

TCAT032034 TRANSISTOR, SILICON

TCAT03209Y TRANSISTOR SILICON

TAAT01281Y TRANSISTOR SILICON

TCATC31980 TRANSISTOR,SILICON

TCAT032034 TRANSISTOR, SILICON

TJXG5NC500 FET

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

KTC3203_Y-AT

KTC3209_Y-AT

KTA1281_Y

KTC3198-AT(Y,GR)

KTC3203_Y-AT

STP5NC50FP or or or

J3-1

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

REF. NO. PART NO.

Q4004

DESCRIPTION

TRANSISTORS

TCAA3875SY TRANSISTOR SILICON KTC3875S_Y_RTK

REF. NO. PART NO.

B4010

DESCRIPTION

MISCELLANEOUS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS FCM2012H-102T04

L3000

L3001

! L3800

! L3801

L3803

L4001

L4002

L4201

L001

L101

L401

L601

L602

L801

L902

L904

L4202

L8502

L8503

L8504

T401

! T3800

Q4201

Q4203

Q4209

Q4210

Q4211

Q4212

Q8502

Q8503

Q8504

B3800

B4001

B4002

B4003

B4004

B4005

B4006

B4007

B4008

B4009

ANT001

B301

B401

B2601

B2602

B2603

B2604

B2605

TCAA3875SY TRANSISTOR SILICON

TNYJD05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR

TNYJC05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR

TPYJA05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR

TCAA3875SY TRANSISTOR SILICON

TCAA3875SY TRANSISTOR SILICON

TAAA1504SY TRANSISTOR SILICON

TAAA1504SY TRANSISTOR SILICON

TAAA1504SY TRANSISTOR SILICON

COILS &TRANSFORMERS

021375101K COIL

021JX6560K COIL

021679472K COIL

02167F101J COIL

021375101K COIL

021673560K COIL

02167F101J COIL

02167F101J COIL

02167E100K COIL

02167E100K COIL

028R140031 COIL,DEGAUSS

029T000110 COIL,LINE FILTER

02AHB0A0A4 CORE,FERRITE

02167F2R2J COIL

02AHB9A972 CORE,FERRITE

02167F101J COIL

02167F101J COIL

02167F1R0K COIL

02167F1R0K COIL

02167F1R0K COIL

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

DTC144EKAT146

DTC124EKAT146

DTA143EKAT146

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

KTA1504S_Y_RTK

KTA1504S_Y_RTK

KTA1504S_Y_RTK

100 UH

56 UH

4.7 MH

100 UH

100 UH

56 UH

100 UH

100 UH

10 UH

10 UH

8R140031

1R1A223F28

W5T_20*10*10A

2.2 UH

W5T29X7.5X19

100 UH

100 UH

1 UH

1 UH

1 UH

CD4002

CD8501

CP2601

CP2602

CP2603

! CP3800

CP8001

CP8002

CP802A

CP802B

CP803A

CP803B

CP8502

EL001

EL002

B4201

B8502

B8503

CD301

CD302

CD802

CD803

CD805

CP101

CP301

CP302

CP401

CP801

! CD3800

! J801

! J2201

J2202

J2203

J2204

J4201

SW2213

SW2214

SW2215

SW2216

SW2217

SW2218

SW2219

SW2220

SW2221

SW2223

045009003J TRANS,HORIZONTAL DRIVE ETH09K14BZ

0481291074 TRANSFORMER,SWITCHING 81291074

J A C K S

066F120018 SOCKET,CATHODE RAY TUBE ISMS01S

060J131016 HEADPHONE JACK

060G421016 RCA JACK

060G421017 RCA JACK

060G421020 RCA JACK

060J401082 RCA JACK

S W I T C H E S

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

MSJ-2000_AG

HTJ-032-05AY

HTJ-032-05AW

PH3800

PH3801

HTJ-032-05AR ! SP351

MSP-251V-05PBSN ! SP352

EVQ21505R

F3800

! FB401

FH3800

FH3801

OS2202

TM101

! TU001

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

VARIABLE RESISTORS

V1K62H3BT8 VOLUME,SEMI FIXED VR401

VR3800 V1K63Q2BTE VOLUME,SEMI FIXED

P.C.BOARD ASSEMBLIES

PCB110 A5K314V110L PCB ASS'Y

PCB130 A5K314V130L PCB ASS'Y

PCB250 A5K315V250L PCB ASS'Y

MISCELLANEOUS

EVQ21505R

EVQ21505R

EVQ21505R

EVQ21505R

EVQ21505R

EVQ21505R

EVQ21505R

EVQ21505R

EVQ21505R

NVG6THTB222

NVG6TLTAB471

TCB412A

VMC319A

TMB555A

! TH3800

! V801

X101

X601

X4001

RESISTOR

RC...................

CARBON RESISTOR

CAPACITORS

CC...................

CERAMIC CAPACITOR

CE...................

ALUMI ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITOR

CP...................

POLYESTER CAPACITOR

CPP.................. POLYPROPYLENE CAPACITOR

CPL.................. PLASTIC CAPACITOR

CMP................... METAL POLYESTER CAPACITOR

CMPL................ METAL PLASTIC CAPACITOR

CMPP................ METAL POLYPROPYLENE CAPACITOR 125C108030 ANTENNA,ROD

024HT03564 CORE,BEADS

024HT03553 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HT03553 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HT03563 CORE,BEADS

HPAS-2S780

W4BRH3.5X6X1.0

W5RH3.5X5X1.0

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

W5RH3.5X5X1.0

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

W4BRH3.5X6X1.0X2

024HT03553 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

06CU12414A CORD CONNECTOR

06CU12414A CORD CONNECTOR

WDL6032038 FLAT CABLE AWM2468

WBL6022038 FLAT CABLE AWM2468

06CU82039A

069S290629

069W120029

069W120029

069S450089

069S320010

1209414909

120R414903

CORD CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

CORD AC BUSH

CORD AC BUSH

06CU2B2001 CORD CONNECTOR

122H0C1001 CORD JUMPER

069JYOT099 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

069JV80180 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

069S230639 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

069S420110 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

069S2B0629 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

W5RH3.5X5X1.0

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

CU12414A

CU12414A

AWG26 6C BLACK 320MM

AWG26 4C BLACK 220MM

SM1098-009-1A

A2001WV2-9P

TID-X02P-M1

TID-X02P-M1

A1561WV2-A5P

A2361WV2-2P

9414909

0R414903

CU2B2001

2H0C1001

IMSA-9631S-24Y901

IMSA-9615S-08C-PP

A2001WR2-3P

A1561WV2-2P

A2001WV2-11P

069J7C0029 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

067U006049 WIRE HOLDER

067U006049 WIRE HOLDER

067U004029 WIRE HOLDER

067U004029 WIRE HOLDER

069J7C0019

124120301A

124116281A

CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

EYE LET

EYE LET

IMSA-9604S-12Z14

B2013H02-6P

B2013H02-6P

B2013H02-4P

B2013H02-4P

IMSA-9604S-12Z13

XRY20X30BD

XRY16X28BD

081PC05005 FUSE 51MS050L

043214037F TRANSFORMER,FLYBACK FNI-14B001

06710T0009 HOLDER,FUSE

06710T0009 HOLDER,FUSE

077Q004017 REMOTE RECEIVER

EYF-52BCY

EYF-52BCY

PIC-37243SR

069D01001A CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

069D01001A CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

070C533019 SPEAKER

070C533019 SPEAKER

076R0HE04A TRANSMITTER

0163300005 RF UNIT

DF5EL3R0A0 DEGAUSS ELEMENT

098Q1404D1 CRT W/DY

1002T01606 CERAMIC OSCILLATOR

100CT3R505 CRYSTAL

100BT02701 CRYSTAL

003P-2100

003P-2100

SG04D11BNA

SG04D11BNA

R25-2102

115-V-K015AR_B

ZPB45BL3R0A

A34AGT13X98(DL)

CSTLS16M0X53-A0

HC-49/C

HC-49U/S or

J3-2

SPEC.NO.

O/R NO.

M5K3-15V

K455003

CLASS 1

LASER PRODUCT

MVD2113A

SERVICE MANUAL

COLOR TELEVISION/DVD PLAYER

ORIGINAL

MFR’S VERSION A

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

IMPORTANT WARNING

CAUTION:

DVD PLAYER IS A CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT. HOWEVER THIS PLAYER USES A VISIBLE LASER

BEAM WHICH COULD CAUSE HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE IF DIRECTED. BE SURE TO

OPERATE THE PLAYER CORRECTLY AS INSTRUCTED.

THE FOLLOWING CAUTION LABEL IS LOCATED ON THE REAR PANEL OF THE PLAYER.

CLASS 1

LASER PRODUCT

(Printed on the Rear Panel)

WHEN THIS PLAYER IS PLUGGED TO THE WALL OUTLET, DO NOT PLACE YOUR EYES CLOSE

TO THE OPENING OF THE DISC TRAY AND OTHER OPENINGS TO LOOK INTO THE INSIDE OF

THIS PLAYER.

USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN

THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE.

DO NOT OPEN COVERS AND DO NOT REPAIR YOURSELF. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED

PERSONNEL.

SERVICING NOTICES ON CHECKING

1. KEEP THE NOTICES

As for the places which need special attentions, they are indicated with the labels or seals on the cabinet, chassis and parts. Make sure to keep the indications and notices in the operation manual.

2. USE THE DESIGNATED PARTS

The parts in this equipment have the specific characters of incombustibility and withstand voltage for safety. Therefore, the part which is replaced should be used the part which has the same character.

Especially as to the important parts for safety which is indicated in the circuit diagram or the table of parts as a mark, the designated parts must be used.

3. PUT PARTS AND WIRES IN THE

ORIGINAL POSITION AFTER

ASSEMBLING OR WIRING

There are parts which use the insulation material such as a tube or tape for safety, or which are assembled in the condition that these do not contact with the printed board.

The inside wiring is designed not to get closer to the pyrogenic parts and high voltage parts.

Therefore, put these parts in the original positions.

4.

PERFORM A SAFETY CHECK AFTER

SERVICING

Confirm that the screws, parts and wiring which were removed in order to service are put in the original positions, or whether there are the portions which are deteriorated around the serviced places serviced or not. Check the insulation between the antenna terminal or external metal and the AC cord plug blades.

And be sure the safety of that.

HOW TO ORDER PARTS

Please include the following informations when you order parts. (Particularly the VERSION LETTER.)

1. MODEL NUMBER and CHASSIS CODE

The MODEL NUMBER and VERSION LETTER.

2. PART NO. and DESCRIPTION

You can find it in your SERVICE MANUAL.

A1-1

WHEN REPLACING DVD DECK

[ When the removal of the DVD Deck ]

Before removing Pick Up PCB and DVD PCB connector, make the short circuit on the position as shown Fig. 1 using a soldering. If you remove the DVD Deck with no soldering, the Laser may be damaged.

[ When the installation of the DVD Deck ]

Remove all the soldering on the short circuit position after the connection of Pick Up PCB and DVD

PCB connector.

Pick Up PCB

Fig. 1

Make the sort circuit using a soldering.

DISC REMOVAL METHOD AT NO POWER SUPPLY

1.

2.

3.

Remove the Back Cabinet and AV PCB/DVD Block. (Refer to item 1 of the DISASSEMBLY

INSTRUCTIONS.)

Rotate the Main Gear in the direction of the arrow by hand.

(Refer to Fig. 1)

Draw the Tray.

Main Gear Deck CD

Fig. 1

PARENTAL CONTROL - RATING LEVEL

4 DIGIT PASSWORD CANCELLATION

If the stored 4 digit password in the Rating Level menu needs to be cancelled, please follow the steps below.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Turn Unit ON.

Press and hold the 'STOP' key on the front panel.

Simultaneously press and hold the '7' key on the remote control unit.

Hold both keys for more than 3 seconds.

The On Screen Display message 'PASSWORD CLEAR' will appear.

The 4 digit password has now been cleared.

NB: The above procedure will reset ALL of the player's settings to the default factory state.

A1-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

IMPORTANT WARNING .........................................................................................................

A1-1

SERVICING NOTICES ON CHECKING ..................................................................................

A1-1

HOW TO ORDER PARTS ........................................................................................................

A1-1

WHEN REPLACING DVD DECK ............................................................................................

A1-2

DISC REMOVAL METHOD AT NO POWER SUPPLY ..........................................................

A1-2

PARENTAL CONTROL-RATING LEVEL ...............................................................................

A1-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS ...........................................................................................................

A2-1

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................

A3-1~A3-5

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

1. REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL PARTS AND P.C. BOARDS ...........................................

B1-1, B1-2

2. REMOVAL OF DVD DECK PARTS .................................................................................

B2-1~B2-3

3. REMOVAL OF ANODE CAP ............................................................................................

B3-1

4. REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF FLAT PACKAGE IC .............................................

B4-1, B4-2

SERVICE MODE LIST ..............................................................................................................

C-1

CONFIRMATION OF HOURS USED .......................................................................................

C-1

WHEN REPLACING EEPROM (MEMORY) IC ........................................................................

C-2

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS ...............................................................................................

D-1~D-6

BLOCK DIAGRAMS

DVD ......................................................................................................................................

E-1, E-2

TV ..........................................................................................................................................

E-3, E-4

POWER ................................................................................................................................

E-5, E-6

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS

DVD ......................................................................................................................................

F-1, F-2

AV/CRT .................................................................................................................................

F-3~F-6

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

MPEG/MICON/DSP ..............................................................................................................

G-1, G-2

MEMORY ..............................................................................................................................

G-3, G-4

RF AMP ................................................................................................................................

G-5, G-6

AUDIO/VIDEO ......................................................................................................................

G-7, G-8

REGULATOR ........................................................................................................................

G-9, G-10

MICON/TUNER .....................................................................................................................

G-11, G-12

SIF/VIF/CHROMA .................................................................................................................

G-13, G-14

SOUND AMP ........................................................................................................................

G-15, G-16

IN/OUT ..................................................................................................................................

G-17, G-18

STEREO ...............................................................................................................................

G-19, G-20

DEFLECTION .......................................................................................................................

G-21, G-22

CRT .......................................................................................................................................

G-23, G-24

POWER ................................................................................................................................

G-25, G-26

INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM .............................................................................................

G-27, G-28

WAVEFORMS ..........................................................................................................................

H-1~H-3

MECHANICAL EXPLODED VIEW ...........................................................................................

I1-1, I1-2

DVD DECK EXPLODED VIEW ................................................................................................

I2-1

MECHANICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ........................................................................

J1-1

DVD DECK REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST .............................................................................

J2-1

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST .........................................................................

J3-1, J3-2

A2-1

G - 1

G - 2

G - 3

G - 4

G - 5

G - 6

G - 7

G - 8

G - 9

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

T V

S y s t e m

DVD System

CRT CRT Size / Visual Size

CRT Type

Deflection

Magnetic Field BV/BH

Color System

Speaker

Sound Output

Position

Size

Impedance

Max

10%(Typical)

Color System

Disc

Disc Diameter

Deck Disc Loading System

Motor

Pick up

Playback time(Max) DVD DVD 1-Layer

DVD 2-Layer

Search speed

CD

Video CD

Fwd

T u n i n g

S y s t e m

S i g n a l

P o w e r

Regulation

Temperature

Power Source

Power Consumption

Protector

Actual

Rev

Actual

Slow speed

Actual

Actual

Broadcasting System

Tuner and System

Receive CH Destination

Tuning System

Input Impedance

CH Coverage

Intermediate Picture(FP)

Frequency Sound(FS)

FP-FS

Preset CH

Stereo/Dual TV Sound

Tuner Sound Muting

Video Signal Input Level

Output Level

S/N Ratio (Weighted)

Horizontal Resolution at DVD Mode

RGB Signal

Audio Signal

Output Level

Input Level

Output Level

Digital Output Level

S/N Ratio at DVD (Weighted)

Harmonic Distortion

Frequency Response : at DVD at Video CD at SVCD at CD

AC

DC at AC at DC

Stand by (at AC)

Per Year

Power Fuse

Safety Circuit

IC Protector(Micro Fuse)

Safety

Radiation

X-Radiation

Laser

Operation

Storage

Operating Humidity

On Screen Menu(TV)

D i s p l a y Menu Type

A3-1

13 inch / 335.4 mmV

Normal

90 degree

+0.45G / 0.18G

NTSC

2 Speaker

Front

1.5 x 2.7 inch

8 ohm

1.5W + 1.5W

1.0W + 1.0W

NTSC

DVD, CD-DA, CD-R/RW

DVD-R/RW (Video Format Only)

120 mm , 80 mm

Front Loading

3 Motors

1-Lens 2-Beams System

135min (4.7GB)

245min (8.5GB)

74min

74min

4 step

2-45 times (DVD)

4-40 times (CD)

4 step

2-45 times (DVD)

4-40 times (CD)

Fwd 1/7 - 1/2 times

--

Rev 1/7 - 1/2 times

--

US System M

1Tuner

US(w/CATV)

F-Synth

VHF/UHF 75 Ohm

2~69, 4A, A-5~A-1, A~I, J~W, W+1~W+84

45.75MHz

41.25MHz

4.50MHz

No

US-Stereo

Yes

1 V p-p/75 ohm

--

--

--

--

--

-8.0dBm/50k ohm

--

0.5 V p-p/75 ohm

--

--

--

--

--

--

120V, 60Hz

--

75W at 120V 60Hz

--

5W at 120V 60Hz

-- kWh/Year

Yes

Yes

No

UL

FCC

DHHS

DHHS

+5 o C ~ +40 o C

-20 o C ~ +60 o C

Less than 80% RH

Yes

Icon

G - 1 0 On Screen

D i s p l a y

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

TV Setup

Picture

Audio

Channel Setup

Picture Preference

V-chip Setup

Language

Sleep Timer

CH / AV(LINE) / DVD

Stereo/Audio Output

Control

Level

Bilingual

SAP

Volume

Bright / Contrast / Sharpness / Color

Tint

Bass/Treble/Balance

Caption / Text

TV/CATV

Auto CH Memory

Add/ Delete

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Auto Search/Position

Game

Mute

Menu (DVD)

Menu Type

Language

Picture

Sound

Parental

Other

Open

Close

No disc

Reading

Play

Still/Pause

Stop

Prohibit Mark

Step

Skip(>>|)

Skip(|<<)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Random

Repeat

Yes (CD )

Yes

Slow+ Yes

Slow- Yes

Search+ Yes

No

No

Menu

Subtitle

Audio

TV Screen Size

OSD Display On/Off

JPEG Interval

Select Files

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

DRC (Dynamic Range Control) Yes dts Decode

Output(5.1ch/ 2ch)

Surround On/Off

Center On/Off

Sub Woofer On/Off

Password Lock/ Un Lock

Rating Level

Yes

Yes

Yes

OSD Language(Set up Language)

Output(RGB/Composite)

Yes

Yes

Character

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Search-

Jump

Resume

Title No.

Chapter No.

Track No.

Time

Sub Title No.

Angle No.

Vocal On/Off

Audio No.

Audio Stereo L/R

Zoom

Marker No.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

No

A3-2

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

G - 1 1 OSD Language

G - 1 2 Clock and

Timer

G - 1 3 R e m o t e

Control

G - 1 4 F e a t u r e s

Program Play Back

Surround On/Off

Screen Saver

JPEG

(TV)

(DVD)

Sleep Timer Max Time

Step

Program(On Timer / Off Timer) On/Off Timer

Wake Up Timer

Timer Back-up (at Power Off Mode) more than

Folder Name

File Name

File No

Time

Track No

Unit

Glow in Dark Remocon

Format

Custom Code

Power Source

Keys

Voltage(D.C)

UM size x pcs

Total Keys

Power

1

4

5

2

3

6

9

0

7

8

Open/Close

Play

Stop

Search+

Search-

Skip+

Skip-

Slow+

Slow-

Still/Pause

Display/Call

TV/DVD

Cancel

Audio Select

Angle

Subtitle

Top Menu

Setup/TV Menu

Return

DVD Menu

Up/ Set+/ CH Up

Down/ Set-/ CH Down

Left/Select-

Right/Select+

Select/Enter

Play Mode

Marker

Input Select

Volume +

Volume -

Repeat A-B

Zoom/ Quick View

Mute

Sleep

Jump/Closed Caption

Freeze frame

CATV

Auto Shut Off

Auto CH Memory

V-Chip USA V-chip

CANADA V-chip

Auto Search

SAP

Game Position

A3-3

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes (CD)

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

English, French, Spanish

English, French, Spanish

120 Min

10 Min

No

No

-- Min Sec

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

RC-HE

No

NEC

71-8Eh

3V

UM-4 x 2 pcs

46 Keys

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

Yes

No

G - 1 5 Accessories

G - 1 6 I n t e r f a c e

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

FM Transmitter

Energy Star

Closed Caption

Comb Filter

Protect of FBT Leak Circuit

Choke Coil

Power On Memory

Tray Lock

Parental Lock (DVD Only)

Video CD Playback

SVCD Playback

Overlay Graphics And Text

Command List

Entry Point Jump

MP3 Playback

WMA Playback

JPEG Playback

Digital Out

Down Mix Out

(Dolby Digital)

(MPEG)

(PCM)

(DTS)

(Dolby Digital)

(DTS)

Surround (Tru Surround)

Screen Saver

Picture Preference

Auto Setup

Audio DAC

Owner's Manual Language w/Guarantee Card

Remote Control Unit

Battery

UM size x pcs

OEM Brand

Rod Antenna

Poles

Terminal

W/300 ohm to 75 ohm antenna adapter

Loop Antenna

Terminal

U/V Mixer

300 ohm to 75 ohm Antenna Adapter

Antenna Change Plug

Guarantee Card

Registration Card

Warranty Card

ESP Card

Service Station List

DC Car Cord (Center+)

Columbia Offer Sheet

Sheet Information (Return)

Switch Front

Indicator

Terminals

Rear

Front

Power (Tact)

Channel Up

Channel Down

Volume Up

Volume Down

Play

Open/Close

Skip(>>|)

Skip(|<<)

Still/Pause

Stop

Main Power SW

Main Power SW

Power

Stand-by

On Timer

Video Input

Rear

Audio Input

Other Terminal

Video Input

Audio Input

Video Output

Audio Output

Digital Audio Output

Diversity

DC Jack 12V(Center +)

A3-4

No

No

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

Yes

No

192kHz / 24bit

English / Spanish

Yes

Yes

No

--

-No

Yes

1 pole

F type

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

No

Yes (Red)

No

No

RCA x 1

RCA x 2(Stereo)

Head Phone

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

--

No

No

No

No

No

Coaxial (DVD Only)

No

No

G - 1 7 Set Size

G - 1 8 W e i g h t

G - 1 9 C a r t o n

G - 2 0 M a t e r i a l

G - 2 1 Environment

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Master Carton

Content

Material

Dimensions W x D x H(mm)

Description of Origin

Gift Box

Material

W/Color Photo Label

Dimensions W x D x H(mm)

Design

Description of Origin

Natural Dropping At Drop Test

Height (cm)

Container Stuffing (40' container)

Cabinet Front

Rear

PCB

Pb Free

Jack Panel

Non-Halogen Demand

Eyelet Demand

Lead-free Solder

Other

Cd Free

VHF/UHF Antenna Input

Approx. W x D x H (mm)

Net (Approx.)

Gross (Approx.)

F Type

362x365x382

11.0kg (24.3lbs)

12.5kg (27.6lbs)

No

--- Sets

--- / ---

---

---

Yes

-

Double/Brown

No

423x447x443

As Per Buyer 's

Yes

1 Corner / 3 Edges / 6 Surfaces

62

700 Sets

PS

PS

94V0 DECABROM

94V0 DECABROM

No

Yes

No

No

No

A3-5

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

1. REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL PARTS

AND P.C. BOARDS

1-1: BACK CABINET (Refer to Fig. 1-1)

1.

2.

3.

4.

Remove the 4 screws (1).

Remove the screw (2) which are used for holding the

Back Cabinet.

Remove the AC cord from the AC cord hook (3).

Remove the Back Cabinet in the direction of arrow.

1-3: AV PCB/DVD BLOCK (Refer to Fig. 1-3)

1.

2.

3.

4.

Remove the 2 screwS (1).

Disconnect the following connectors:

(CP301, CP302, CP401, CP3800).

Remove the AV PCB/DVD Block in the direction of arrow.

(1)

(1)

Front Cabinet

Front Cabinet

(1)

(1)

(1)

(2)

(1)

Back Cabinet

Fig. 1-1

1-2: CRT PCB (Refer to Fig. 1-2)

CAUTION: BEFORE REMOVING THE ANODE CAP,

DISCHARGE ELECTRICITY BECAUSE IT

CONTAINS HIGH VOLTAGE.

BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO REMOVE OR

REPAIR ANY PCB, UNPLUG THE POWER

CORD FROM THE AC SOURCE.

1.

2.

3.

Remove the Anode Cap.

(Refer to REMOVAL OF ANODE CAP)

Disconnect the following connector:

(CP801).

Remove the CRT PCB in the direction of arrow.

CRT PCB

Front Cabinet

AV PCB/DVD Block

Fig. 1-3

1-4: DVD BLOCK (Refer to Fig. 1-4)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Remove the 12 screws (1).

Remove the Top Shield in the direction of arrow (A).

Disconnect the following connectors:

(CP8001 and CP8002).

Remove the 4 screws (2).

Remove the DVD Block in the direction of arrow (B).

Remove the screw (3).

Remove the Jack Shield.

Remove the AV PCB in the direction of arrow (C).

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(2)

(1)

Top Shield

(2)

(A)

(2)

DVD Block

(2)

(B)

(3)

AV PCB

Jack Shield

(C)

Fig. 1-2

Bottom Plate

Fig. 1-4

B1-1

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

1-5: DVD PCB/DVD DECK (Refer to Fig. 1-5)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Make the short circuit on the position as shown Fig. 1-5 using a soldering. If you remove the DVD Deck with no soldering, the Laser may be damaged.

Remove the 4 screws (1).

Remove the DVD Deck in the direction of arrow (A).

Disconnect the following connectors:

(CP2601, CP2602 and CP2603).

Remove the 2 screws (2).

Remove the DVD PCB in the direction of arrow (B).

(2)

(2)

DVD PCB

(1)

(1)

(B)

(1)

Pick Up PCB

DVD Deck

(1)

(A)

Make the short circuit using a soldering.

Deck Angle

Fig. 1-5

NOTE

When the installation of the DVD Deck, remove all the soldering on the short circuit position after the connection of

Pick Up PCB and DVD PCB connector.

B1-2

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

2. REMOVAL OF DVD DECK PARTS

NOTE

1. Do not disassemble the DVD DECK PARTS except listed parts here. Minute adjustments are needed if the disassemble is done. If the repair is needed except listed parts, replace the DVD MECHA ASS'Y.

2-1: TRAY (Refer to Fig. 2-1-A)

1.

2.

Set the Tray opened. (Refer to the DISC REMOVAL

METHOD AT NO POWER SUPPLY)

Unlock the 2 supports 1 and remove the Tray.

NOTE

1.

2.

In case of the Main Chassis Ass'y, install it from (1) to

(4) in order. (Refer to Fig. 2-2-B)

In case of the Main Chassis Ass'y installation, hook the wire on the Main Frame Ass'y as shown Fig. 2-2-C.

Main Frame Ass'y (Bottom Side)

(3)

Rack Loading

(3)

(3)

Main Frame Ass'y

Traverse Holder

(2)

(1)

Main Chassis Ass'y

1

Tray

1

(4)

(4)

Fig. 2-1-A

NOTE

1. In case of the Tray installation, install them as the circled section of Fig. 2-1-B so that the each markers are met.

Check Lock

Main Frame Ass'y

Fig. 2-2-B

Main Frame Ass'y

Tray

Fig. 2-1-B

2-2: MAIN CHASSIS ASS'Y (Refer to Fig. 2-2-A)

1.

2.

3.

4.

Remove the screw 1 .

Unlock the 2 supports 2 .

Remove the Insulator (R) from the Main Frame Ass'y.

Remove the Main Chassis Ass'y.

2

1

2

Main Frame Ass'y

Check Hook Fig. 2-2-C

2-3: LOADING MOTOR PCB ASS'Y/ LOADING BELT

(Refer to Fig. 2-3-A)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Remove the Loading Belt.

Remove the screw 1 .

Remove the 2 screws 2 .

Remove the Loading Motor PCB Ass'y.

Remove the Pulley Gear.

Loading Belt

2

2

Main Frame Ass’y

Pulley Gear

Loading Motor PCB Ass’y

1

• Screw Torque: 2.5

±

0.3kgf•cm (Screw

1

)

• Screw Torque: 1.0

±

0.3kgf•cm (Screw 2 ) Fig. 2-3-A

Insulator (R)

Main Chassis Ass'y

• Screw Torque: 2.0

±

0.5kgf•cm Fig. 2-2-A

B2-1

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

NOTE

1.

2.

3.

In case of the Pulley Motor installation, check if the value of the Fig. 2-3-B is correct.

When installing the Loading Motor PCB Ass'y, install it correctly as Fig. 2-3-C.

In case of the Loading Motor PCB Ass'y installation, hook the wire on the Main Frame Ass'y as shown Fig.

2-3-C.

2-5: CLAMPER ASS'Y (Refer to Fig. 2-5-A)

1.

2.

Press the Clamper and rotate the Clamper Plate clockwise, then unlock the 3 supports 1 .

Remove the Clamper Plate, Clamper Magnet and

Clamper.

Clamper Plate

Clamper Magnet

Pulley Motor

Loading Motor

7.0

±

0.1mm

Rack Loading

Safety surface for pressing of the insert.

Fig. 2-3-B

The Lever should be position between A and B.

A B

1

1

1

Clamper

Main Frame

Fig. 2-5-A

NOTE

1. In case of the Clamper Ass'y installation, install correctly as Fig. 2-5-B.

Check Hook Loading Motor PCB Ass’y Fig. 2-3-C

2-4: RACK LOADING/MAIN GEAR/PULLEY GEAR

(Refer to Fig. 2-4-A)

1.

2.

3.

Press down the catcher 1 and slide the Rack Loading.

Unlock the support 2 and remove the Pulley Gear.

Remove the Main Gear.

Clamper Plate

Clamper

No gap

Fig. 2-5-B

2-6: TRAVERSE HOLDER/INSULATOR (F)/INSULATOR

(R) (Refer to Fig. 2-6-A)

1.

2.

3.

Remove the Traverse Holder.

Remove the 2 Insulator (F).

Remove the Insulator (R).

Insulator (R)

Main Chassis Ass'y

Insulator (F)

Traverse Holder

Pulley Gear

Main Gear

Rack Loading

Main Frame Ass’y

2

1

Fig. 2-4-A

NOTE

1. In case of the Rack Loading installation, do not mesh it to the Main Gear as shown the Fig. 2-4-B.

Rack Loading

Check Hook

Main Gear

Fig. 2-4-B

B2-2

Insulator (F)

Fig. 2-6-A

NOTE

1.

2.

In case of the Insulator (F) installation, install correctly as Fig. 2-6-B.

In case of the Insulator (R) installation, install correctly as Fig. 2-6-C.

Insulator (F)

Traverse Holder

Fig. 2-6-B

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

Insulator (R)

Main Chassis Ass'y (Top Side)

Fig. 2-6-C

2-7: RACK FEED ASS'Y/SWITCH PCB ASS'Y/FEED

MOTOR (Refer to Fig. 2-7-A)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Remove the screw 1 .

Remove the Rack Feed Ass'y.

Remove the screw 2 .

Remove the Switch PCB Ass'y.

Remove the 2 screw 3 .

Remove the Feed Motor.

Remove the Motor Gear.

1

2 Rack Feed Ass'y

3

3

Switch PCB Ass'y

Switch PCB Ass'y

~ FEED MOTOR ~

BLUE (4)

ORANGE (3)

~ SPINDLE MOTOR ~

BLACK (2)

RED (1)

• Install wire from (1) to (4) in order.

Fig. 2-7-D

Main Chassis Ass'y (Bottom Side)

Check Hook

Check Hook

Check Hook

Check Hook

• Loosen the wire in the direction of the arrow.

Fig. 2-7-E

Main Chassis Ass'y

• Screw Torque: 5.0

• Screw Torque: 3.0

• Screw Torque: 1.0

±

±

±

0.3kgf•cm (Screw

1

0.3kgf•cm (Screw 2 )

0.3kgf•cm (Screw 3

)

)

• Screw Torque: 3.5

±

0.3kgf•cm (Screw 4 )

Motor Gear

Feed Motor

Fig. 2-7-A

NOTE

1.

2.

3.

4.

When pushing the Rack Feed in the direction of the arrow, it should be restored to the original position by the spring force. (Refer to Fig. 2-7-B)

In case of the Motor Gear installation, check if the value of the Fig. 2-7-C is correct.

When installing the wire of the Switch PCB Ass'y, install it correctly as Fig. 2-7-D.

After the assembly of the Main Chassis Ass'y, hook the wire on the Main Chassis Ass'y as shown Fig. 2-7-E.

Push

Rack Feed Ass'y

Fig. 2-7-B

Motor Gear

Feed Motor

Safety surface for pressing of the insert.

6.0

±

0.2mm

Fig. 2-7-C

B2-3

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

3. REMOVAL OF ANODE CAP

Read the following NOTED items before starting work.

*

*

After turning the power off there might still be a potential voltage that is very dangerous. When removing the

Anode Cap, make sure to discharge the Anode Cap's potential voltage.

Do not use pliers to loosen or tighten the Anode Cap terminal, this may cause the spring to be damaged.

REMOVAL

1. Follow the steps as follows to discharge the Anode Cap.

(Refer to Fig. 3-1.)

Connect one end of an Alligator Clip to the metal part of a flat-blade screwdriver and the other end to ground.

While holding the plastic part of the insulated Screwdriver, touch the support of the Anode with the tip of the

Screwdriver.

A cracking noise will be heard as the voltage is discharged.

3. After one side is removed, pull in the opposite direction to remove the other.

NOTE

Take care not to damage the Rubber Cap.

INSTALLATION

1. Clean the spot where the cap was located with a small amount of alcohol. (Refer to Fig. 3-3.)

NOTE

Confirm that there is no dirt, dust, etc. at the spot where the cap was located.

Location of Anode Cap

GND on the CRT

Fig. 3-3

2.

3.

Arrange the wire of the Anode Cap and make sure the wire is not twisted.

Turn over the Rubber Cap. (Refer to Fig. 3-4.)

Screwdriver

Support

CRT

Alligator Clip

GND on the CRT

Fig. 3-1

2.

Flip up the sides of the Rubber Cap in the direction of the arrow and remove one side of the support.

(Refer to Fig. 3-2.)

Rubber Cap

Fig. 3-4

4. Insert one end of the Anode Support into the anode button, then the other as shown in Fig. 3-5.

CRT Support

Fig. 3-2

CRT

Support

5.

6.

Confirm that the Support is securely connected.

Put on the Rubber Cap without moving any parts.

Fig. 3-5

B3-1

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

4.

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF

FLAT PACKAGE IC

REMOVAL

1.

Put the Masking Tape (cotton tape) around the Flat

Package IC to protect other parts from any damage.

(Refer to Fig. 4-1.)

NOTE

Masking is carried out on all the parts located within

10 mm distance from IC leads.

3.

When IC starts moving back and forth easily after desoldering completely, pickup the corner of the IC using a tweezers and remove the IC by moving with the IC desoldering machine. (Refer to Fig. 4-3.)

NOTE

Some ICs on the PCB are affixed with glue, so be careful not to break or damage the foil of each IC leads or solder lands under the IC when removing it.

Blower type IC desoldering machine

Masking Tape

(Cotton Tape)

IC

Tweezers

Fig. 4-1

2.

Heat the IC leads using a blower type IC desoldering machine. (Refer to Fig. 4-2.)

NOTE

Do not add the rotating and the back and forth directions force on the IC, until IC can move back and forth easily after desoldering the IC leads completely.

Blower type IC desoldering machine

IC

Fig. 4-3

4.

5.

Peel off the Masking Tape.

Absorb the solder left on the pattern using the Braided

Shield Wire. (Refer to Fig. 4-4.)

NOTE

Do not move the Braided Shield Wire in the vertical direction towards the IC pattern.

Braided Shield Wire

Soldering Iron

IC pattern Fig. 4-4

IC

Fig. 4-2

B4-1

INSTALLATION

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

4.

When bridge-soldering between terminals and/or the soldering amount are not enough, resolder using a Thintip Soldering Iron. (Refer to Fig. 4-8.) 1.

Take care of the polarity of new IC and then install the new IC fitting on the printed circuit pattern. Then solder each lead on the diagonal positions of IC temporarily.

(Refer to Fig. 4-5.)

IC

Thin-tip Soldering Iron

Soldering Iron

Solder temporarily Solder temporarily

Fig. 4-5

2.

Supply the solder from the upper position of IC leads sliding to the lower position of the IC leads.

(Refer to Fig. 4-6.)

Fig. 4-8

5.

Finally, confirm the soldering status on four sides of the

IC using a magnifying glass.

Confirm that no abnormality is found on the soldering position and installation position of the parts around the

IC. If some abnormality is found, correct by resoldering.

NOTE

When the IC leads are bent during soldering and/or repairing, do not repair the bending of leads. If the bending of leads are repaired, the pattern may be damaged. So, be always sure to replace the IC in this case.

Solder Soldering Iron

IC

Supply soldering from upper position to lower position

Fig. 4-6

3.

Absorb the solder left on the lead using the Braided

Shield Wire. (Refer to Fig. 4-7.)

NOTE

Do not absorb the solder to excess.

Soldering Iron

IC

Braided Shield Wire

Fig. 4-7

B4-2

SERVICE MODE LIST

This unit provided with the following SERVICE MODES so you can repair, examine and adjust easily.

To enter to the SERVICE MODE function, press and hold both buttons simultaneously on the main unit and on the remote control for more than a standard time (second).

Set Key

VOL. (-) MIN

Remocon Key

Standard Time

(seconds)

0 1

Operations

Releasing of V-CHIP PASSWORD.

VOL. (-) MIN 1 1

Initialization of the factory on TV.

NOTE: Do not use this for the normal servicing.

If you set a factory initialization, the memories are reset such as the channel setting, and the POWER ON total hours.

VOL. (-) MIN 4 1

Initialization of the factory on DVD.

NOTE: Do not use this for the normal servicing.

The function will only work at the DVD stop mode.

VOL. (-) MIN

VOL. (-) MIN

STOP

STOP

6

9

7

9

1

1

3

3

POWER ON total hours are displayed on the screen.

Refer to the "PREVENTIVE CHECKS AND SERVICE INTERVALS"

(CONFIRMATION OF HOURS USED).

Can be checked of the INITIAL DATA of MEMORY IC.

Refer to the "WHEN REPLACING EEPROM (MEMORY) IC".

Display of the Adjustment MENU on the screen.

Refer to the "ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT" (On-Screen Display

Adjustment).

Releasing of PARENTAL LOCK.

Refer to the "PARENTAL CONTROL-RATING LEVEL"

NOTE: The function will only work without the setting of DVD disc at DVD

mode.

Tray cannot be opened.

Refer to the "TRAY LOCK".

NOTE: No indications on the screen when the Tray Lock is setting.

CONFIRMATION OF HOURS USED

POWER ON total hours can be checked on the screen. Total hours are displayed in 16 system of notation.

NOTE: If you set a factory initialization, the total hours is reset to "0".

ADDRESS DATA 1.

Set the VOLUME to minimum.

2.

Press both VOL. DOWN button on the set and Channel

3.

button (6) on the remote control for more than 2 second.

After the confirmation of using hours, turn off the power.

INIT 00 06

CRT ON 0010

FIG. 1

Initial setting content of MEMORY IC.

POWER ON total hours.

= (16 x 16 x 16 x thousands digit value)

+ (16 x 16 x hundreds digit value)

+ (16 x tens digit value)

+ (ones digit value)

C-1

WHEN REPLACING EEPROM (MEMORY) IC

If a service repair is undertaken where it has been required to change the MEMORY IC, the following steps should be taken to ensure correct data settings while making reference to TABLE 1.

NOTE: No need setting for after INI 27.

INI

00

10

20

+0 +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8 +9 +A +B +C +D +E +F

01 00 C1 55 0F 47 06 0F 44 20 D0 35 30 25 15 50

30 50 50 04 15 77 23 50 20 77 52 00 02 11 00 00

0A 0D 10 12 14 16 18 1A -----------------

Table 1

1.

2.

Enter DATA SET mode by setting VOLUME to minimum.

Press both VOL. DOWN button on the set and Channel button (6) on the remote control for more than 1 second.

ADDRESS and DATA should appear as FIG 1.

ADDRESS DATA

INIT 00 06

CRT ON 0010

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

FIG. 1

ADDRESS is now selected and should "blink". Using the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote, step through the ADDRESS until required ADDRESS to be changed is reached.

Press ENTER to select DATA. When DATA is selected, it will "blink".

Again, step through the DATA using VOL. UP/DOWN button until required DATA value has been selected.

Pressing ENTER will take you back to ADDRESS for further selection if necessary.

Repeat steps 3 to 6 until all data has been checked.

When satisfied correct DATA has been entered, turn POWER off (return to STANDBY MODE) to finish DATA input.

After the data input, set to the initializing of shipping.

9.

10.

Turn POWER on.

Press both VOL. DOWN button on the set and Channel button (1) on the remote control for more than 1 second.

11.

After the finishing of the initializing of shipping, the unit will turn off automatically.

The unit will now have the correct DATA for the new MEMORY IC.

C-2

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

1.

BEFORE MAKING ELECTRICAL

ADJUSTMENTS

Read and perform these adjustments when repairing the circuits or replacing electrical parts or PCB assemblies.

CAUTION

Use an isolation transformer when performing any service on this chassis.

Before removing the anode cap, discharge electricity

• because it contains high voltage.

When removing a PCB or related component, after unfastening or changing a wire, be sure to put the wire back in its original position.

When you exchange IC and Transistor for a heat sink, apply the silicon grease on the contact section of the heat sink. Before applying new silicon grease, remove all the old silicon grease. (Old grease may cause damages to the IC and Transistor).

Prepare the following measurement tools for electrical adjustments.

1. Oscilloscope

2. Digital Voltmeter

3. AC Voltmeter

4. Pattern Generator

5. Multi-Sound Signal Generator

On-Screen Display Adjustment

1.

2.

Set the VOLUME to minimum.

Press the VOL. DOWN button on the set and the Channel button (9) on the remote control for more than 1 second to appear the adjustment mode on the screen as shown in Fig. 1-1.

Function

Step No.

01 OSD

12

Fig. 1-1

3.

4.

Use the Channel UP/DOWN button or Channel button

(1-0) on the remote control to select the options shown in

Fig. 1-2.

Press the MENU button on the remote control to end the adjustments.

FUNCTION

OSD H

OSD CONTRAST

CUT OFF

H POSITION

H BLK L

H BLK R

V SIZE

V POSITION

V LINEARITY

V S CORRECTION

V COMP

R CUT OFF

G CUT OFF

B CUT OFF

R DRIVE

G DRIVE

B DRIVE

BRIGHTNESS(CENT.)

BRIGHTNESS(MAX)

BRIGHTNESS(MIN)

CONTRAST(CENT.)

CONTRAST(MAX)

CONTRAST(MIN)

COLOR(CENT.)

COLOR(MAX)

COLOR(MIN)

TINT

SHARPNESS

SUB BIAS

BRI. AV(CENT.)

BRI. AV(MAX)

BRI. AV(MIN)

CONT. AV(CENT.)

CONT. AV(MAX)

CONT. AV(MIN)

COL. AV(CENT.)

COL. AV(MAX)

COL. AV(MIN)

TINT AV

SHARPNESS AV

NO.

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

22

23

24

25

26

27

35

36

37

38

39

40

16

17

18

19

20

21

10

11

12

13

14

15

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

NO

.

56

57

58

59

60

61

50

51

52

53

54

55

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

62

63

64

65

66

67

75

76

FUNCTION

SUB BIAS

BRI. DVD(CENT.)

BRI. DVD(MAX)

BRI. DVD(MIN)

CONT. DVD(CENT.)

CONT. DVD(MAX)

CONT. DVD(MIN)

COL. DVD(CENT.)

COL. DVD(MAX)

COL. DVD(MIN)

TINT DVD

SHARPNESS DVD

SUB BIAS

BRI. GAME(CENT.)

BRI. GAME(MAX)

BRI. GAME(MIN)

CONT. GAME(CENT.)

CONT. GAME(MAX)

CONT. GAME(MIN)

SUB BIAS

TUNING V MUTE

POWER ON V MUTE

INPUT LEVEL

SEPARATION L

SEPARATION H

X-RAY TEST

H STOP

H FREQ

BAST/WEST DC

BAST/WEST AMP

BAST/WEST TILT

BAST/WEST COR, TOP

BAST/WEST COR, BOT

H SIZE COMP

H BLK L AV

H BLK R AV

Fig. 1-2

2. BASIC ADJUSTMENTS

2-1: CONSTANT VOLTAGE

1.

2.

3.

4.

Set condition is AV MODE without signal.

Using the remote control, set the brightness and contrast to normal position.

Connect the digital voltmeter to TP401.

Adjust the VR3800 until the digital voltmeter is 135 ±0.5V.

2-2: FOCUS

1.

2.

3.

Receive the monoscope pattern.

Turn the Focus Volume fully counterclockwise once.

Adjust the Focus Volume until picture is distinct.

2-3: CUT OFF

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Adjust the unit to the following settings.

R CUT OFF=7F, G CUT OFF=7F, B CUT OFF=7F,

R DRIVE=3F, G DRIVE=07, B DRIVE=3F

Place the set with Aging Test for more than 15 minutes.

Set condition is AV MODE without signal.

Using the remote control, set the brightness and contrast to normal position.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (03) on the remote control to select "CUT OFF".

Adjust the Screen Volume until a dim raster is obtained.

D-1

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

2-4: WHITE BALANCE

NOTE: Adjust after performing CUT OFF adjustment.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Place the set with Aging Test for more than 15 minutes.

Receive the gray scale pattern from the Pattern

Generator.

Using the remote control, set the brightness and contrast to normal position.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (16) on the remote control to select "G DRV".

Press the CH. UP/DOWN button on the remote control to select the "R CUT OFF", "G CUT OFF", "B CUT OFF",

"R DRIVE" or "B DRIVE".

Adjust the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control to whiten the R CUT OFF, G CUT OFF, B CUT OFF, R

DRIVE and B DRIV E at each step tone sections equally.

Perform the above adjustments 5 and 6 until the white color is looked like a white.

2-5: HORIZONTAL POSITION

1.

2.

3.

4.

Receive the monoscope pattern.

Using the remote control, set the brightness and contrast to normal position.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (04) on the remote control to select "HPOSI".

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control until the SHIFT quantity of the OVER SCAN on right and left becomes minimum.

2-6: VERTICAL POSITION

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Receive the monoscope pattern.

Using the remote control, set the brightness and contrast to normal position.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (08) on the remote control to select "VPOSI".

Check the step No. V POSI is "02".

Adjust the VR401 until the horizontal line becomes fit to notch of the shadow mask.

2-8: VERTICAL LINEARITY

NOTE: Adjust after performing adjustments in section 2-7.

After the adjustment of Vertical Linearity, reconfirm the Vertical Position and Vertical Size adjustments.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Receive the monoscope pattern.

Using the remote control, set the brightness and contrast to normal position.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (09) on the remote control to select "VLIN".

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control until the SHIFT quantity of the OVER SCAN on upside and downside becomes minimum.

2-9: SEPARATION L, H

Please do the method (1) or method (2) adjustment.

Method (1)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Set the multi-sound signal generator for each different

L-ch and R-ch frequency (Ex. L-ch=2KHz, R-ch=400Hz) and receive the RF signal.

Connect the oscilloscope to the Audio Out Jack.

Press the AUDIO button on the remote control to set to the stereo mode.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (64) on the remote control to select "SEPAL".

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control to adjust it until the audio output wave becomes a fine sine wave.

Press the CH UP button 1 time to set to "SEPAH" mode.

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control to adjust it until the audio output wave becomes a fine sine wave.

2-7: VERTICAL SIZE

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Receive the monoscope pattern.

Using the remote control, set the brightness and contrast to normal position.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (07) on the remote control to select "VSIZE".

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control until the Up/Down OVER SCAN Quantity becomes equal to the

Right/Left OVER SCAN Quantity.

Receive a broadcast and check if the picture is normal.

Method (2)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Set the multi-sound signal generator L-ch=1KHz, R-ch

=Non input and receive the RF signal.

Connect the oscilloscope to the Audio Out Jack (R-ch).

Press the AUDIO button on the remote control to set to the stereo mode.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (64) on the remote control to select "SEPAL".

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control to adjust it until the R-ch output becomes minimum.

Press the CH UP button 1 time to set to "SEPAH" mode.

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control to adjust it until the R-ch output becomes minimum.

Set the multi-sound signal generator L-ch=Non input,

R-ch=1KHz and receive the RF signal.

Connect the oscilloscope to the Audio Out Jack (L-ch).

Then perform the above adjustments 3~7.

D-2

2-10: OSD POSITION

1.

2.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1.

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control until the difference of A and B becomes minimum.

(Refer to Fig. 2-1)

A

01 OSD

12

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

B

Fig. 2-1

2-11: LEVEL

1.

2.

3.

4.

Receive the VHF HIGH (70dB).

Connect the AC voltmeter to pin 6 of CP101.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (63) on the remote control to select "LVL".

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control until the AC voltmeter is 75 ± 2mV.

2-12: BRIGHT CENTER

1.

2.

3.

4.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (18) on the remote control to select "BRTC".

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control until the white 0% is starting to be visible.

Receive a broadcast and check if the picture is normal.

Press the INPUT SELECT button on the remote control to set to the AV mode.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (30) on the remote control to select "BRTCA".

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control until the white 0% is starting to be visible.

Receive a broadcast and check if the picture is normal.

Press the TV/DVD button on the remote control to set to the DVD mode.

9.

10.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (42) on the remote control to select "BRTCD".

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control to

11.

12.

set the same step numbers as the AV.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (54) on the remote control to select "BRTCG".

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control to set the same step numbers as the AV.

2-13: TINT

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Receive the color bar pattern. (RF Input)

Using the remote control, set the brightness, contrast, color and tint to normal position.

Connect the oscilloscope to TP024.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (27) on the remote control to select "TNTC".

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control until the section "A" becomes a straight line.

(Refer to Fig. 2-2)

Receive the color bar pattern. (Audio Video Input)

Press the INPUT SELECT button on the remote control to set to the AV mode.

Using the remote control, set the brightness, contrast, 8.

9.

10.

color and tint to normal position.

Connect the oscilloscope to TP024.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (39) on the remote control to

11.

12.

select "TNTCA".

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control until the section "A" becomes a straight line.

(Refer to Fig. 2-2)

Press the TV/DVD button on the remote control to set to

13.

14.

15.

the DVD mode.

Using the remote control, set the brightness, contrast, color and tint to normal position.

Connect the oscilloscope to TP024.

16.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (51) on the remote control to select "TNTCD".

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control until the same step numbers as the AV.

"A"

Fig. 2-2

D-3

2-14: SHARPNESS

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Receive the monoscope pattern.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (28) on the remote control to select "SHARP".

Check if the step No. SHARP is "18".

Press the INPUT SELECT button on the remote control to set to the AV mode.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (40) on the remote control to select "SHARPA".

Check if the step No. SHARP is "10".

Press the TV/DVD button on the remote control to set to the DVD mode.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (52) on the remote control to select "SHARPD".

Press the REFT/RIGHT button on the remote control to set the same step numbers as the AV.

2-15: OSD CONTRAST

1.

2.

3.

Receive the monoscop pattern.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (02) on the remote control to select "OSDC".

Check the step No. OSDC is "05".

2-16: COLOR CENTER

1.

2.

3.

4.

Receive the color bar pattern. (RF Input)

Using the remote control, set the brightness, contrast, color and tint to normal position.

Connect the oscilloscope to TP022.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (24) on the remote control to

5.

6.

select "COLC".

Adjust the VOLTS RANGE VARIABLE knob of the oscilloscope until the range between white 100% and

0% is set to 4 scales on the screen of the oscilloscope.

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control until the red color level is adjusted to 110 ± 5% of the white level. (Refer to Fig. 2-3)

Receive the color bar pattern. (Audio Video Input) 7.

8.

9.

10.

Press the INPUT SELECT button on the remote control to set to the AV mode.

Using the remote control, set the brightness, contrast, color and tint to normal position.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and

11.

press the channel button (36) on the remote control to select "COLCA".

Adjust the VOLTS RANGE VARIABLE knob of the oscilloscope until the range between white 100% and

12.

0% is set to 4 scales on the screen of the oscilloscope.

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control until the red color level is adjusted to 110 ± 5% of the white level. (Refer to Fig. 2-3)

13.

14.

Press the TV/DVD button on the remote control to set to the DVD mode.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (48) on the remote control to

15.

select "COLCD".

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control to decrease the step numbers by 8 steps to the AV.

White 0%

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

2-17: CONTRAST MAX

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (22) on the remote control to select "CNTX".

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control until the contrast step No. becomes "5A"

Receive a broadcast and check if the picture is normal.

Press the INPUT SELECT button on the remote control to set to the AV mode.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (34) on the remote control to select "CNTXA".

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control until the contrast step No. becomes "5A"

Receive a broadcast and check if the picture is normal.

Press the TV/DVD button on the remote control to set to the DVD mode.

9.

10.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (46) on the remote control to select "CNTXD".

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control to

11.

12.

set the same step numbers as the AV.

Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (58) on the remote control to select "CNTXG".

Press the LEFT/RIGHT button on the remote control to set the same step numbers as the AV.

2-18: Confirmation of Fixed Value (Step No.)

Please check if the fixed values of the each adjustment items are set correctly referring below.

NO.

33

35

37

38

41

43

21

23

25

26

29

31

32

44

45

05

06

10

11

16

19

20

FUNCTION

H BLK L

H BLK R

V S CORRECTION

V COMP

G DRIVE

BRIGHTNESS(MAX)

BRIGHTNESS(MIN)

CONTRAST(CENT.)

CONTRAST(MIN)

COLOR(MAX)

COLOR(MIN)

SUB BIAS

BRI. AV(MAX)

BRI. AV(MIN)

CONT. AV(CENT.)

CONT. AV(MIN)

COL. AV(MAX)

COL. AV(MIN)

SUB BIAS

BRI. DVD(MAX)

BRI. DVD(MIN)

CONT. DVD(CENT.)

STEP NO

.

40

05

70

10

00

70

40

05

70

10

00

70

33

33

40

04

02

08

03

07

70

33

NO

.

71

72

73

74

75

76

59

60

61

62

68

69

70

47

49

50

53

55

56

57

FUNCTION

CONT. DVD(MIN)

COL. DVD(MAX)

COL. DVD(MIN)

SUB BIAS

BRI. GAME(MAX)

BRI. GAME(MIN)

CONT. GAME(CENT.)

CONT. GAME(MIN)

SUB BIAS

TUNING V MUTE

POWER ON V MUTE

H FREQ

BAST/WEST DC

BAST/WEST AMP

BAST/WEST TILT

BAST/WEST COR, TOP

BAST/WEST COR, BOT

H SIZE COMP

H BLK L AV

H BLK R AV

STEP NO

.

00

00

00

00

07

05

05

00

00

40

3F

00

00

05

70

10

00

70

33

40

100%

White 100%

Red Level

Fig. 2-3

D-4

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

3.

PURITY AND CONVERGENCE

ADJUSTMENTS

NOTE

1.

2.

3.

Turn the unit on and let it warm up for at least 30 minutes before performing the following adjustments.

Place the CRT surface facing east or west to reduce the terrestrial magnetism.

Turn ON the unit and demagnetize with a Degauss Coil.

3-1: STATIC CONVERGENCE (ROUGH ADJUSTMENT)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Tighten the screw for the magnet. Refer to the adjusted

CRT for the position. (Refer to Fig. 3-1)

If the deflection yoke and magnet are in one body, untighten the screw for the body.

Receive the green raster pattern from the color bar generator.

Slide the deflection yoke until it touches the funnel side of the CRT.

Adjust center of screen to green, with red and blue on the sides, using the pair of purity magnets.

Switch the color bar generator from the green raster pattern to the crosshatch pattern.

Combine red and blue of the 3 color crosshatch pattern on the center of the screen by adjusting the pair of

4 pole magnets.

Combine red/blue (magenta) and green by adjusting the pair of 6 pole magnets.

Adjust the crosshatch pattern to change to white by repeating steps 6 and 7.

3-2: PURITY

NOTE

Adjust after performing adjustments in section 3-1.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Receive the green raster pattern from color bar generator.

Adjust the pair of purity magnets to center the color on the screen.

Adjust the pair of purity magnets so the color at the ends are equally wide.

Move the deflection yoke backward (to neck side) slowly, and stop it at the position when the whole screen is green.

Confirm red and blue colors.

Adjust the slant of the deflection yoke while watching the screen, then tighten the fixing screw.

DEFLECTION YOKE

DEFLECTION YOKE SCREW

MAGNET SCREW

3-3: STATIC CONVERGENCE

NOTE

Adjust after performing adjustments in section 3-2.

1.

2.

Receive the crosshatch pattern from the color bar generator.

Combine red and blue of the 3 color crosshatch pattern on the center of the screen by adjusting the pair of

3.

4 pole magnets.

Combine red/blue (magenta) and green by adjusting the pair of 6 pole magnets.

3-4: DYNAMIC CONVERGENCE

NOTE

Adjust after performing adjustments in section 3-3.

1.

2.

Adjust the differences around the screen by moving the deflection yoke upward/downward and right/left.

(Refer to Fig. 3-2-a)

Insert three wedges between the deflection yoke and

CRT funnel to fix the deflection yoke.

(Refer to Fig. 3-2-b)

R G B

R G B

R

G

B

R

G

B

UPWARD/DOWNWARD SLANT RIGHT/LEFT SLANT

Fig. 3-2-a

WEDGE

WEDGE

WEDGE POSITION

Fig. 3-2-b

WEDGE

Fig. 3-1

6 POLE MAGNETS

4 POLE MAGNETS

PURITY MAGNETS

D-5

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

4. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT PARTS LOCATION GUIDE (WIRING CONNECTION)

CD805

CP801

CRT PCB

TP024

TP022

J801

CRT

CP802B CP

AC IN

CD301 CP301

SPEAKER

J4201

CP802A

S3801

S3802

CP3800

VR3800

CP803A

TP401

CRT

FB401

CP401

CP8002

CRT

VR401

CP302

CD302

SPEAKER

CP8001

AV PCB

DVD DECK

D-6

CP8101

CD4002

CD2001

CD2301

CD2302

DVD PCB

CP2603

CP2602

CP2601

DVD LOADER

DM3

A, B, C, D, E, F

Pick up

RF

CD, DVD, LD

READ CHANNEL

IC2601

ZR36708TQC

RFA_SDEN, DATA, SCLK

AAF_CE, FE, TE, PI

FNN, FNP

VBIASS0, S1

DEFECT, LINK, MIRR, LDON

Loading

Motor

Spindle/

Sled

Motor

OPEN,

CLOSE

TR+/–, FO+/–

SPDL+/–, SLED+/–

LD+/–

Motor Driver

IC2301

LA6565-TE-L-E

SPDL_SEND

SPINDLE, SLED_PWM

TRACK, FOCUS_DAC

ADC IN 5, 6, 7

S MUTE

DVD BLOCK DIAGRAM

FLASH 8M

IC4007

SST39VF800A-

70-4C-EK-D

64M SDRAM

IC4005

HY57V641620

HGT-7

HA0~HA20,

HD0~HD15

MPEG/MICON/DSP

IC4001

ZR36762PQCG_V

EEPROM

IC4002

S-24C02BFJ-TB

REG+1.9V

IC4006

SIP1117L-ADJ-TP

DAC B, C

VIDEO BUFFER

Q8102, Q8103

ASDATA0

AMCLK

ABCLK

ALRCLK

STEREO DAC

IC8102

PCM1753DBQR

DVD AUDIO L

DVD AUDIO R

E-1

VCR BLOCK

CD4002

TX

RX

UNREG+3.8V

P.CON+5V

P.CON+9V

SPDIF

CP8101

DVD RESET

Y

C

DVD AUDIO L

DVD AUDIO R

ZERO

E-2

E-3

TV BLOCK DIAGRAM

*A

POWER

ON/OFF

OPEN/CLOSE

STOP

PLAY

SKIP FF

SKIP REW

X101

16MHz

FROM DVD BLOCK

DVD C

DVD Y

DVD_RESET

RX

TX

DVD_A_OUT_L

DVD_A_OUT_R

ZERO

SPDIF

3

5

AMP

IC4201

NJM4580M

(TE1)

1

7

R

L

Q4209~Q4212

MUTE SW

*E

Q4203

MUTE

Q4201

DRIVER

18

17

31

32

6 11 12

MICON

IC101

OEC6079A

38 37

19 18

2

3

24

23 SOUND

DECORDER

IC902

AN5829S

22 21

4

33

*D

RESET

IC103 PST3231NR

1 2 *A

22

23

24

26

27

36

Q305

BUFFER

Q302

BUFFER

2

J4201

2

V

J2202

2

L

J2203

2

R

J2204

TU001

SCL

10

SDA

11

Q105

BUFFER

*B *C

57

56

55

59

40

30

51

50

14

15

16

45

R.OUT

G.OUT

B.OUT

19

X601

3.579545MHz

42

23

Q405

H.DRIVE

35

25

Q301

MUTE

CHROMA

IC601 LA76319NM-MPB-E

9

6

SOUND AMP

IC302

AN7522N

8

2

4

12

10

1

Q406

3

V.OUT

IC401

AN5522

H.OUT

SOUND+B

1

9

DY801

FB401

FBT

F

S

HV

SPEAKER

SP351

SPEAKER

SP352

HEADPHONE

J2201

3

F

9

8

7

V801

CRT

*A---AT+5.6V

*B---P.CON+9V

*C---CHROMA+5V

*D---P.CON+A5V

*E---P.CON+12V

E-4

E-5

F3800

AC IN

VR3800

Q3800

FEED BACK

CONTROL

IC3800

PS2561L1-1-V(W)

FEED BACK

Q3803

POWER

D3808, D3809,

D3815, D3816

RECTIFIER

8

TRANSFORMER

SWITCHING

T3800

10

12

5

18

17

14

POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM

5V REG.

IC3001 KIA7805API

1 3

Q3008

DRIVE

5V REG.

IC3002 KIA7805API

1 3

Q3010

DRIVE

Q3005

DRIVE

Q3000

DRIVE

Q3001

SW

FB401

2

Q3003,

Q3004, Q3007

P.CON+3.3V OUT

9V REG.

IC3005 KIA7809API

1 3

P.CON+3.3V

DVD_H

P.CON+D5V

AT+5.6V

SOUND+B

P.CON+5V

P.CON+D9V

P.CON+9V

P.CON+12V

POWER ON-H

+B

E-6

F-1

DVD (TOP SIDE)

CP2601

CP2602

VMD328A

CP2603

R2651

R2650

B4002

C4039

R4041

Q2604

Q2602

D2601

R2615

R2616

17

1

R2617

33

C2610

C2612

C2613

R2645

R2646

C2622

R2609

C2655

IC2601

49

C2616

R4057

R4050

R4049

R4072

R4052

C4002

1

Q2603

Q2605

R2623

R2647

R2620

R2622

R2324

157

R4061

R4004

HS2301

IC2301

R4043

W863

R4021

R4019

IC4007

C4095

B4006

53

105

C4016

C4017

NR4001

NR4002

NR4003

NR4004

NR4005

NR4006

NR4007

NR4008

C4038

R4058

C4094

IC4002

D8112

D8111

IC4005

C4042

Q4004

C4036

IC4006

CD4002

C8104

C8113

C8126

R8112

R8113

R8114

R8115

C8122

W824

CP8101_3

Q8102

W826

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS

DVD (BOTTOM SIDE)

R4016

R4042

R4037

R4036

R4069

R2331

R4056

VMD328A

R2604

R2648

F-2

F-3

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS

AV/CRT (INSERTED PARTS)

SOLDER SIDE

CP302

C4275

R2226

W825

R

W168

W167

W166

W165

W164

J2204

J2203

R2225 W173

W172

W171

R346

R323

W169

W

W163

Y

W180

IC302

W179

SW2221

SW2223

SW2217

SW2219

W834

W833

R909

W815

W844

W203

W202

W201

W200

C920

L904

W194

W193

W192

W113

SW2214

SW2218

SW2220

W190

W189

W204

D2201

W208

W207

W205

W206

IC101

W110

W109

W147

W112

W827

W832

W217

W188

D101

R101

D107

D103

C101_1

W213

W216

W215

R190

W863

X101

IC199

L101

W837

R159

W138

W137

W135

D3007

W143

W142

W139

R4251

R4252

D106

R4240

S802X

W225

R2201

SW2215

W223

R2202

L3000

R3014

OS2202

W221

W222

W153

Q3003

HS3001

L902

CP8001

W152

CP301

W094

W091

B301

W090

VR401

D403

C434_1

D411

CP401

X601

R4234

L4201

IC401

HS401_1

W014

W013

S002X W012 R40

2

R418

R805

TP024

TP022

R803

TP023

R807

R806_1

Q806 Q804

L801

CP8002

W042

CP806_1

W041

Q405

T401

C428

C

42

3

L401

R4

47

Q406

HS402

CP803B

L602

Q805

S001X

J

8

0

1

_

1

Q3005

R456

Q3006

B401

Q3009

C3006

W018

HS3002

IC3002

Q3008

R

4

0

1

D408

R405

R404

W810

C431

W836

W002

R

4

5

0

D402

_

1

CP802B

Q3010

W060

W079

R614

CP802A

IC3001

R3829

CP803A

R442

C3826

R445

TP403

D3830

R3831

C611

R3019

W055

W053

W051

D409

R622

W050

W049

R3003

R613

R612

W077

W076

W047

W074

W073

W072

D3003

R3004

R3010

R3018

R3830

W031

W071

Q3000

R3002

R3006

Q3004

W067

D603

W065

R3007

W063

R603

R3009

W089

W088

W062

D3823

W040

S802Y

R

3

0

8

6

W838

C3816

D3817 D3819

PH3800

T

H

8

3

0

0

2

_

PH3801

D3816

D3815

W006

T3800

C3811

R3803

C3801

S3801

L3801_1

Q3803

W808

FH3800

C3812

D3808

R3826

D3810

D3809

W004

C3810

FH3801

Q3802

F3800

RISK OF FIRE - REPLACE AS MARKED.

R3821

HS3800

D3807

R3822

R3805

R3804

D3806

R3833

Q3800

IC3800

B4201

W226

TU001

W008

W032

CP101

R4205

CD3800

F-4

F-5

R4210

Q4201

R4241

R4242

R4216

R4221

W852

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS

AV/CRT (CHIP MOUNTED PARTS)

SOLDER SIDE

R634

Q602

R4201

Q3007

Q3001

Q605

Q601

IC4201

17

1

IC

60

1

49

33

Q4212

R4238

Q4209 Q4210 Q4211

Q4203

R4209

R4237

R4236

W857

Q101

R119

Q105

R147

IC103

Q2201

R123

R2214

R2219

R2215

R4227

R113

R908

R121

R2218

R2221

IC902

Q302

R308

R305

Q305 R309

R302

R311

R306

Q301

R420

F-6

1

8

7

A

6

5

4

3

2

FROM/TO MEMORY

SD_D1

SD_D2

SD_D3

SD_D4

SD_D5

SD_D6

SD_D7

SD_D8

SD_D9

SD_D10

SD_D11

SD_D12

SD_D13

SD_D14

SD_D15

RAMCS0#

RAMCS1#

RAMRAS#

RAMCAS#

SD_BA0

RAMDQM

MEMCS0

RD

WR

SD_A0

SD_A1

SD_A2

SD_A3

SD_A4

SD_A5

SD_A6

SD_A7

SD_A8

SD_A9

SD_A10

SD_A11

SD_D0

RAMWE#

RAMCLK

HD0

HD1

HD2

HD3

HD4

HD5

HD6

HD7

HA13

HA14

HA15

HA16

HA17

HA18

HA19

HA20

HD8

HD9

HD10

HD11

HA8

HA9

HA10

HA11

HA12

HA0

HA1

HA2

HA3

HA4

HA5

HA6

HA7

HD12

HD13

HD14

HD15

GND

P.CON+3.3V

JG001

JG002

JG003

JG004

JG005

JG006

JG007

JG008

JG009

HD11

HD3

HA19

HD10

HA18

HD2

HA17

HD9

HA7

HD1

HA6

HD8

HA5

HD0

HA4

RD

HA3

HA2

MEMCS0

HA1

HA0

HA10

HD14

HA9

HD6

HA8

HD13

HD5

HA20

HD12

WR

HD4

HA15

HA16

HA14

HA13

HA12

HD15

HA11

HD7

C4038

0.01 B

UNREG+3.8V

BOOT2

BOOT1

DUPTD1

DUPRD1

DUPTD0

DUPRD0

P.CON+5V

B C D E

MPEG/MICON/DSP SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(DVD PCB)

F

R4002

R4003

R4004

R4005

75 +-1%

75 +-1%

75 +-1%

75 +-1%

GND

DUPTD1

D4001 MCL4148

3.3

2.9

5.2

LEVEL_CONVERT

Q4004

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

R4052

4.7K

R4051

4.7K

R4050

4.7K

R4049

4.7K

R4046

4.7K

C4088

0.01 B

C4089

0.01

B

C4090

0.01

B

B4002

B4003

B4001

B4004

B4005

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

+1.8V

+3.3V

C4008

0.1

C4010

0.1

C4013

0.1

C4014

0.1 F

F

F

F

C4016 0.1 F

C4017 0.1 F

0

3.1

3.1

3.2

0

0.4

3.3

0

0

0.6

0.4

5.5

3.3

0

0.6

2.7

2.7

0.5

0

0

0.6

2.7

2.9

0

0

0.6

3.3

2.6

1.8

2.1

2.0

0

3.3

3.3

3.3

NC

3.0

3.0

3.3

3.3

3.3

3.3

3.3

3.0

0.5

0

2.6

0

0

1.9

0

0

0

MEMDA(3)

MEMAD(19)

GNDC

MEMDA(10)

MEMAD(18)

GNDP

MEMDA(2)

MEMAD(17)

MEMDA(9)

MEMAD(7)

MEMDA(1)

MEMAD(6)

MEMDA(8)

MEMAD(5)

VDDP

MEMDA(0)

MEMAD(4)

208 207 206 205 204 203 202 201 200 199 198 197 196 195 194 193 192 191 190 189 188 187 186 185 184 183 182 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 168 167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 157

SSCRXD

MEMCS(1)

VDDP

MEMAD(15)

MEMAD(16)

MEMAD(14)

MEMAD(13)

MEMAD(12)

MEMDA(15)

MEMAD(11)

208

207

SSCTXD

SSCCLK

160

159

VDDDAC

CVBS/C

DUPTD1

DUPRD1

VDD-IP

DUPTD0

DUPRD0

GNDP

IDGPCI/O(3)

GPCI/O(34)

ICGPCI/O(5)

GPCI/O(33)

206 SPINDLEPULSE 158 CVBS/G/Y

MEMDA(7)

GNDP

MEMAD(10)

MEMDA(14)

MEMAD(9)

MEMDA(6)

MEMAD(8)

MEMDA(13)

MEMDA(5)

MEMAD(20)

VDDP

MEMDA(12)

MEMWR#

MEMDA(4)

VDDC

MEMDA(11)

205 SLEDPULSE 157 GNDDACD

ICGPCI/O(4)

GPCI/O(32)

VDDP

GCLKA

GCLKP

XO

VDDA

RESET#

GNDA

IDGPCI/O(2)

GPCI/O(31)

VID(0)

VID(1)

VID(2)

VID(3)

V SW MPEG/MICON/DSP

IC4001

ZR36762PQCG_V

MEMRD#

MEMAD(3)

MEMAD(2)

MEMCS(0)#

MEMAD(1)

MEMAD(0)

GNDP

VDD-IP

VDDP

53 54 55 56 57 58 59

53

54

55

56

RAMADD(4)

RAMADD(3)

RAMADD(5)

RAMADD(2)

60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89

100

101

102

RAMDAT(14)

GNDP

RAMDAT(1)

VDDP-A2

AMCLK

GNDP-A2

ABCLK

ALRCLK

GPAI/O

103

104

RAMDAT(15)

RAMDAT(0)

AOUT(0)

AOUT(1)

AOUT(2)

SPDIF

IDGPCI/O(0)

ICGPCI/O(0)

GNDP

GPCI/O(20)

VDDP

90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104

D1 2

D1 1

VID(7)

VDDP

STBY-L

GNDP

HSYNC

VDDC

VSYNC

GNDC

AIN

3.3

0

3.3

3.3

0

0

3.3

3.3

0

3.3

3.3

3.3

3.3

3.3

0

3.3

3.3

5.1

3.3

3.3

5.0

0

3.3

0

3.3

0

0

3.1

3.3

0

0

0

1.8

1

R4042

100

HOME

DJTDO

DJTDI

DJTMS

ICETCK

ICETDO

ICETDI

SYS_MUTE

1.6

3.3

0

3.3

3.3

1.7

0

1.7

1.6

0

0

NC

0

0

0

0

1.6

0

NC

NC

R4024

4.7K

ASDATA1

ASDATA2

0

3.3

TP4015

TP4016

B4010

FCM2012H-102T04

R4071

150

C4026

C4033

0.1 F

0.1 F

C4032 0.001 B

C4096 0.001 B

C4027 0.1 F

27MHz

X4001

100BT02701

C4028 0.1 F

C4034 5P CH

C4035

16P CH

TP4007

R4019

R4020

R4021

TP4010

C4030

C4031

0.1 F

0.01 B

STBY_L JG066

33

33

33

R4069 4.7K

C4029 0.1 F

IABCLK

IALRCLK

R4014

IAMCLK

4.7K

100

TP4004

TP4005

DUPTD1

DUPRD1

DUPTD0

DUPRD0

VR_SEL

TRAY_OPEN

TOUT_SW

TRAY_CLOSE

TIN_SW

R4016

SMUTE

C4081 0.1 F

TP4006

RESET

HOME

LDON

ML

MC

MD

I2CDAT

I2CCLK

R4025

R4026

R4027

220

220

220

AMCLK

ABCLK

ALRCLK

R4058 220 ASDATA0

SPDIF

P-H/I-L

TP4008

TP4009

I2CCLK

I2CDAT

R4031

R4035

4.7K

4.7K

5

3.2

SDA

6

3.2

SCL

7

WP

0

8

3.3

VCC

GND

4

0

NC

3

0

NC

2

0

NC

1

0

B4006

FCM2012H-102T04

P.CON+3.3V

UNREG+3.8V

JG050

W821

W823

JG051

G

FROM/TO AUDIO/VIDEO

FROM/TO RF AMP

TRAY_OPEN

TRAY_CLOSE

HOME

SPDL_SENS

TOUT_SW

TIN_SW

RFA_SDEN

RFA_DATA

RFA_SCLK

AAF_CE

AAF_FE

AAF_TE

AAF_PI

VR_SEL

FNN

FNP

VBIASS0

VBIASS1

DEFECT

LINK

MIRR

LDON

SMUTE

TRACK_DAC

FOCUS_DAC

SPINDLE_PWM

SLED_PWM

P.CON+A5V

P.CON+3.3V

VCC+9V

P.CON+5V

ADCIN_7

ADCIN_6

ADCIN_5

M_GND

D

GND

GND

SYS_MUTE

DAC_VIDEO_C

DAC_VIDEO_B

ASDATA0

ABCLK

ALRCLK

AMCLK

MD

MC

ML

P-H/I-L

RESET

P.CON+A5V

P.CON+5V

GND

GND

L4002

W5T29X7.5X19

8

7

6

5

JG015

JG018

DUPRD1

RX

M_GND

VCC+9V

P.CON+A5V

P.CON+5V

SPDIF

L4001

2.2uH

0305

JG011

JG059

JG012

JG017

JG014

C4066

1 B

JG016

2

JG010

FROM/TO REGULATOR

W COMBO 330mm

DVD/VR 110mm

DVD COMBO 220mm

CD4002 (CP8001)

CU2B2201

GND(D)

GND(D)

TX

RX

GND(M)

P.CON+9V

P.CON+A5V

(P.CON+3.3V)

UNREG+3.8V

(P.CON+3.3V)

UNREG+3.8V

GND(A)

SPDIF

7

8

5

6

9

3

4

1

2

10

11

4

3

VIN

3

3.8

VOUT

2

1.9

ADJ

1

2.0

UNREG+3.8V

H

2

TP4003

PCB130

VMD328

1

A

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

B C

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE EACH PART WAS

MEASURED WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER

DURING PLAYBACK.

D E F

DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)

G H

G-1 G-2

4

3

2

1

G-3

A

6

5

8

7

A B

FROM/TO MPEG/MICON/DSP

HD9

HD10

HD11

HD12

HD13

HD14

HD15

MEMCS0

RD

WR

HD1

HD2

HD3

HD4

HD5

HD6

HD7

HD8

HA9

HA10

HA11

HA12

HA13

HA14

HA15

HA16

HA1

HA2

HA3

HA4

HA5

HA6

HA7

HA8

HA17

HA18

HA19

HA20

HD0

SD_D4

SD_D5

SD_D6

SD_D7

SD_D8

SD_D9

SD_D10

SD_D11

SD_D12

SD_D13

SD_D14

SD_D15

RAMCS0#

RAMCS1#

RAMRAS#

RAMCAS#

SD_BA0

RAMDQM

RAMWE#

RAMCLK

HA0

SD_A0

SD_A1

SD_A2

SD_A3

SD_A4

SD_A5

SD_A6

SD_A7

SD_A8

SD_A9

SD_A10

SD_A11

SD_D0

SD_D1

SD_D2

SD_D3

P.CON+3.3V

GND

FROM AUDIO/VIDEO

RESET

C D E

MEMORY SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(DVD PCB)

HA16

C4064

0.1 F

HD15

HD5

HD12

HD4

HD7

HD14

HD6

HD13

HD11

HD3

HD10

HD2

HD9

HD1

HD8

HD0

RD

C4062

0.1 F

MEMCS0

HA0

B4007

FCM2012H-102T04

B4008

FCM2012H-102T04

W854

1.2

3.3

0.7

1.9

0

IC4007

FLASH IC 8M

SST39VF800A-70-4C-EK-D

1.7

A16 A15

1.0

VCCQ A14

0.8

VSS A13

1.5

DQ15 A12

2.5

DQ7 A11

1.3

1.2

0.6

0.7

0.8

1.6

3.3

1.6

1.6

1.3

1.2

1.4

1.4

0.9

1.6

2.6

0

2.6

2.5

DQ14

DQ6

DQ13

DQ5

DQ12

DQ4

VDD

DQ11

DQ3

DQ10

DQ2

DQ9

DQ1

DQ8

DQ0

DE#

VSS

CE#

A0

1.3

A10

1.6

A9

A8

1.5

0

A19

0

A20

WE#

3.3

0

RP#

0.1

VPP

0.1

WP#

0

A19

1.6

A18

0.7

A17

1.4

A7

1.6

A6

1.6

A5

1.3

A4

1.7

A3

2.5

A2

1.6

A1

R4041

4.7K

C4039

0.1 F

RESET

HA19

HA18

HA17

HA7

HA15

HA14

HA13

HA12

HA19

HA20

WR

HA11

HA10

HA9

HA8

HA6

HA5

HA4

HA3

HA2

HA1

F

SD_D15

SD_D14

SD_D13

C4040

SD_D12

0.1 F

SD_D11

SD_D10

SD_D9

SD_D8

RAMDQM

RAMCLK

SD_A11

SD_A9

SD_A8

SD_A7

SD_A6

SD_A5

SD_A4

C4041

0.1 F

3

R4048

3.3

47K

1.5

NC

0

0

0.2

0.2

1.0

1.0

1.0

0.9

0

1.7

0

0.8

3.3

2.1

0

NC

0

0

2.0

3.3

0.4

0.5

1.2

0

1.5

0

IC4005

VSS

DQ15

VSSQ

DQ14

DQ13

VDDQ

DQ12

DQ11

VSSQ

DQ10

DQ9

VDDQ

DQ8

VSS

NC

UDQM

CLK

CKE

NC

64M SDRAM IC

HY57V641620HGT-7

VDD

3.3

DQ0

1.5

VDDQ

3.3

0.8

DQ1

0.4

DQ2

0

VSSQ

0.5

DQ3

0.9

DQ4

VDDQ

3.3

DQ5

1.3

DQ6

0.8

VSSQ

0

DQ7

1.3

3.3

VDD

0

LDQM

3.2

WE

3.2

CAS

0.2

RAS

CS

3.1

A11 BA0

0.5

A9 BA1

3.1

A8 A10/AP

1.9

A7 A0

0.2

A6 A1

0

0

A5 A2

0.3

A4 A3

3.3

VSS VDD

C4050

0.1 F

C4045

0.1 F

SD_D0

SD_D1

SD_D2

SD_D3

SD_D4

SD_D5

SD_D6

SD_D7

C4046

0.1 F

RAMDQM

RAMWE#

RAMCAS#

RAMRAS#

RAMCS1#

SD_BA0

RAMCS0#

SD_A10

SD_A0

SD_A1

SD_A2

SD_A3

C4047

0.1

F

G

B

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

C D E

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE EACH PART WAS

MEASURED WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER

DURING PLAYBACK.

F G

2

PCB130

VMD328

H

1

G-4

4

3

H

8

7

6

5

8

A B C D E

RF AMP SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(DVD PCB)

DM3

7

6

5

4

FROM/TO LODER

20

21

22

16

17

18

19

12

13

14

15

9

10

11

5

6

3

4

CP2601

09-5000-024-001-001

1

2

T-

T+

F-

F+

7

8

MON(DVD)

NC(SW)

VOL(DVD)

GND(DVD)

23

24

Vref

GND(PDIC)

D

F

E

VCC

B

A

RF

C

LD(DVD)

LD(CD)

VOL(CD)

GND(CD)

MON(COM)

DVD/CD

NC

4

3

CP2602

00_6232_005_006_800

5 LD-

LD+

2

1

OPEN

GND(D)

CLOSE

JG056

OPU_VREF

C2634

0.1

F

C2648

0.1

F

JG063 JG052

R2653

MOT_LD-

MOT_LD+

TOUT_SW

100

R2652

TIN_SW

100

JG054

JG053

P.CON+3.3V

TR-

TR+

FO-

FO+

DVDPD

VR_DVD

DVDLD

CDLD

VR_CD

GND

CDPD

DVD/CD

OPU_RF

OPU_C

OPU_B

OPU_A

OPU_D

OPU_F

OPU_E

5

D

VR DVD CTL

Q2603

2SK3018

S

0

G

R2620

0.7

4.7K

0

VR CD CTL

Q2604

2SK3018

D

S

0

0.5

G

R2647

0

4.7K

VR SEL CTL

Q2605

2SK3018

D

0

G

0.7

S

0

JG055

OPU_RF

4

C2635

0.001 B

R2623

4.7K

TP10

JG021 TP4

TP6

OPU_D

OPU_C

OPU_B

OPU_A

JG061

JG062

JG023 JG024

FNN

FNP

NC

0

NC

0

C2603

0.0022 B

C2604

0.0022 B

C2605

0.0022 B

C2606

0.0022 B

C2607

2.5

2.5

2.5

3.7

33P CH

3.7

0

TP19

2.7

TP20

2.7

TP21

2.7

TP22

2.6

2.7

2.7

2.7

2.6

1.5

DVDRFN

A2

B2

C2

D2

CP

CN

D

C

B

A

CD_D

CD_C

CD_B

2.6

64

17

2.6

0

63

3.1

62

3.1

61

4.3

60

4.3

59

5.1

58

2.4

57

2.6

56

3.5

55

3.5

54

2.3

53

0

52

0

51

0

50

18

5.1

19

1

16

5.1

DVDRFP

CD_A

20

3.7

21

5.1

22

0.2

READ CHANNEL IC

23

ZR36708TQC

0.2

IC2601

24 25

0 3.3

4.7K

26

R2601

0

49

0

1.5

SDATA

48 SDEN

SCLK

3.3

33 LINK

V33

LCP

LCN

MNTR

CE

FE

TE

PI

V25

V125

TPH

DFT

27

0 2.7

28

2.2

29

2.3

30

2.9

31

0.2

32

R2602

3.3

4.2

C2616

4.1

470P CH

0

R2643

1.8

NC

1.7

1K

R2607

1.8

R2608

1.2K

1.6

1.2K

R2609

1.2K

3.3

1.7

R2605

10K +-1%

0

3.3

C2617

0.1

B

0

R2645

1K

1.8M

R2611

4.7K

R2612

4.7K

R2613

4.7K

C2615 0.1 F

C2654

0.01

R2644

B

2.2K

C2619

560P CH

C2620

0.0056

C2621

0.0056

B

B

C2622

0.0056

C2623

0.1

B

R2610

5.1K

C2618

+-1%

F

0.1 B

R2646

2.2K

C2655

0.01

B

R2648

13K

GND

3

4

3

2

1

CP2603

00_6232_006_006_800

6

5

SW(GND)

LIMIT SW

SLD-

SLD+

SP1-

SP1+

TP2601

R2649

HOME

100 MOT_SLED-

MOT_SLED+

MOT_SPDL-

MOT_SPDL+

2

1

DVDLD

CDLD

JG019

JG022

B2601

FCM2012H-102T04

DVD LD CTL

Q2601

2SA1036K

4.5

3.9

D2601

KDS120RTK

1.0

R2615

10

R2616

1K

C2640_1

6.3V

100 KA

B2602

FCM2012H-102T04

TP40

GND

C2641_1

CD LD CTL

Q2602

2SA2048

1.0

3.9

6.3V

100

R2617

KA

4.5

1K

R2618

10

JG020

TP42

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

A B C D E

RF GND

GND

W806

TP15

RFA_SDEN

TP16

RFA_DATA

TP17

RFA_SCLK

TP18

RF_A5V

F

AAF_CE

AAF_FE

AAF_TE

AAF_PI

MOT_SPDL+

MOT_SPDL-

R2322

4.7K

TP26

VBIASS0

TP38

VBIASS1

TP35

DEFECT

TP33

LINK

R2320

4.7K

R2338

12K

0 4.0 2.6 2.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

NC

36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29

0

NC

28

0

38

NC

1.0 2.5

27 26

4.2

25

0 1.5

24 23

1.5

22

1.7

21

1.5 1.5

20 19

C2313

0.1 B

0

1

0

2

8.8

3

0.8

4

0.9

5

4.1

6

4.1

7

4.1

8

4.1

9

0

37

5.1

10

3.0

11

4.0

12

4.1

13 14

8.8

8.8

15

1.5

16

1.5

17

1.5

18

R2325

3.3K

R2328

4.7K

C2302

R2303

R2304

0.1 B

2.2

C2303

0.1 B

2.2

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE EACH PART WAS

MEASURED WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER

DURING PLAYBACK.

F

R2335

1.5K

R2315

10K

R2317

22K

R2306

5.6K

G

B2605

FCM2012H-102T04

B2604

B2603

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

C2307 0.1 B

C2308 0.1 B

JG057

JG058

G

G-5

H

FROM/TO MPEG/MICON/DSP

TOUT_SW

TIN_SW

RFA_SDEN

RFA_DATA

RFA_SCLK

AAF_CE

AAF_FE

AAF_TE

AAF_PI

VR_SEL

FNN

FNP

VBIASS0

VBIASS1

DEFECT

LINK

MIRR

LDON

HOME

GND

GND

DVD/CD

TP5

P.CON+5V

P.CON+A5V

P.CON+3.3V

TP1

TP2

SMUTE

TRACK_DAC

FOCUS_DAC

SPINDLE_PWM

SLED_PWM

ADCIN_7

ADCIN_5

ADCIN_6

VCC+9V

M_GND

SPDL_SENS

TRAY_CLOSE

TRAY_OPEN

5

4

H

PCB130

VMD328

8

7

6

3

2

1

G-6

2

8

A B

7

6

FROM/TO MPEG/MICON/DSP

P.CON+A5V

DAC_VIDEO_C

DAC_VIDEO_B

P.CON+5V

RESET

MC

MD

ML

AMCLK

ABCLK

ALRCLK

ASDATA0

P-H/I-L

SYS_MUTE

GND

5

GND

4

TO MEMORY

RESET

3

B8103

FCM2012H-102T04

C8114

1 B

C8125

1 B

C8113

1 B

C8126

1 B

2.4

8

2.5

7

NC

4.9

6

3.3

5

0

4

1.6

3

1.1

2

1.6

1

0

9

2.4

10

3.3

11 12

0

NC

0

13

0

14

3.3

15

1.7

16

C D

AUDIO/VIDEO SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(DVD PCB)

P.CON+A5V

10

9

DAC_VIDEO_C

C8105

12P CH

L8102

1uH 0305

DAC_VIDEO_B

C8108

12P CH

L8103

1uH 0305

0.6

1.4

VIDEO_BUFFER

Q8102

KTA1504S_Y_RTK

0

VIDEO_BUFFER

Q8103

KTA1504S_Y_RTK

0.5

1.3

0

R8113

470

6

R8112

470

7

1

G-7

A

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

B C

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE EACH PART WAS

MEASURED WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER

DURING PLAYBACK.

D

E

DAC_C_VIDEO

DAC_B_VIDEO

F G

COMPONENT SIGNAL(U)

COMPONENT SIGNAL(V)

R.SIGNAL

AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)

E

P-H/I-L

RESET

ZERO

D8111

MCL4148

R_AUDIO

L_AUDIO

DAC_B_VIDEO

DAC_C_VIDEO

SYS_MUTE

D8112

MCL4148

JG013

NC

NC

NC

W825

JG025

JG026

JG030

JG033

JG031

JG036

JG034

JG035

JG048

JG042

JG040

W826

W824

JG037

F

G.SIGNAL

B.SIGNAL

PLAYBACK COLOR SIGNAL

PLAYBACK LUMINANCE SIGNAL

G

FROM/TO REGULATOR

FFC(1mmP)

CD8101

2F0C1602

NC

CP8101_3 (CP8002)

IMSA-9604S-12Z13

DVD-H (GND) 12

DVD RESET

ZERO

AUDIO-R

GND

AUDIO-L

9

8

11

10

GND

Y

GND

C

GND

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

H

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

PCB130

VMD328

H

1

G-8

8

A B C D E

REGULATOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(AV PCB)

FROM POWER

UNREG+12V

UNREG+8V

UNREG+5V

GND

7

6

5

4

FROM/TO REGULATOR2

9

10

11

7

8

5

6

3

4

CP8001 (CD8505)

A2001WV2-11P

1 GND

2 GND

TX

RX

GND(M)

P.CON+9V

P.CON+5V

P.CON+3.3V

P.CON+3.3V

GND

SPDIF

3

2

FROM/TO AUDIO/VIDEO

10

11

12

7

8

9

5

6

3

4

1

2

CP8002 (CP8502)

IMSA-9604S-12Z14

GND

DVD RESET

ZERO

AUDIO-R

GND

AUDIO-L

GND

Y(G)

GND

C(CVBS)

GND

CVBS

5V REG IC

IC3001 KIA7805API

UNREG+12V

C3005

16V

8.1

IN

1

0

GND

2

OUT

3

5.0

D3008

21DQ09N

470 YK

9V REG IC

IC3005 KIA7809API

KTC3203_Y

7.9

DRIVER

Q3006

8.6

8.0

L3000

10uH TSL0808

DRIVER

Q3010

KTA1281_Y

12.1

11.2

R3006

10K 1/4W

DRIVER

Q3004

KTA1281_Y

7.4

8.2

R3014

8.6

270 1/2W

5.0

3.3

4.0

3.3V OUT

Q3003

KTC4369

11.8

R3010

1M 1/4W

R3018

1K 1/4W

HS3001

763WAA0157

12.3

L3001

IN

1

10uH TSL0808

0

GND

2

9.1

OUT

3

D3006

21DQ09N

C3001

16V 1000 YK

C3012

16V 470

C3002

YK

470P CH

W819

W803

TX

RX

S001X

D3007

MTZJ5.6B

SPDIF-134

P.CON+5V_A

S001Y

DVD_RESET

ZERO

DVD_A_OUT_R

DVD_A_OUT_L

DVD_Y

DVD_C

DVD_VIDEO_A

R3002

10K 1/4W

DRIVER

Q3000

KTA1281_Y

13.1

12.6

12.8

12.8

SW

Q3001

DTC114EKA

5.1

0

C3014_1

10V 100 YK

5V REG IC

IC3002 KIA7805API

DRIVER

Q3009

7.4

KTC3209_Y

9.0

D3005

8.1

IN

1

1N4005-EIC

9.6

0

GND

2

OUT

3

4.9

R3005

100 1/4W

11.9

9.6

9.0

DRIVER

Q3005

KTC3209_Y

P.CON+9V

SW

Q3007

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

4.0

0

0

R3019

2.2K 1/4W

7.4

DRIVER

Q3008

KTC3203_Y

6.1

5.5

DVD_H

AT5.7VREG

8.5VREG

POWER_ON_H

1

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

G-9

A B

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE EACH PART WAS

MEASURED WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER

DURING PLAYBACK.

C

ATTENTION

:LES PIECES REPAREES PAR UN ETANT

DANGEREUSES AN POINT DE VUE SECURITE

N’UTILISER QUE CELLS DECRITES

DANS LA NOMENCLATURE DES PIECES

D

F G

FROM/TO SOUND AMP

GND

TO STEREO

P.CON+5V

P.CON+12V

GND

FROM/TO VIF/SIF/CHROMA

8.5VREG

AT5.7VREG

DVD_Y

DVD_C

P.CON+5V

P.CON+9V

UNREG+12V

GND

TO DEFLECTION

P.CON+5V

GND

FROM/TO MICON/TUNER

DVD_H

POWER_ON_H

DVD_RESET

RX

TX

P.CON+5V

AT+5.6V

GND

H

8

7

6

5

4

CAUTION

:SINCE THESE PARTS MARKED BY

CRITICAL FOR SAFETY,USE ONES

DESCRIBED IN PARTS LIST ONLY

ARE

E F

3

TO IN/OUT

AT+5.6V

P.CON+9V

P.CON+5V

P.CON+12V

P.CON+5V_A

SPDIF-134

DVD_A_OUT_L

DVD_A_OUT_R

ZERO

DVD_VIDEO_A

GND

CAUTION: DIGITAL TRANSISTOR

G

PLAYBACK LUMINANCE SIGNAL

PLAYBACK COLOR SIGNAL

AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)

PLAYBACK VIDEO SIGNAL

DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)

H

PCB250

TMB555

2

1

G-10

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

A

0.2

NC

5

RESET IC

IC103

PST3231NR

0.3

NC

4

NC NC

5.2

OUT

1

5.2

IN

2

GND

3

0

B C D E

MICON /TUNER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(AV PCB)

19

20

18

0

NC

0

NC

4.8

0

NC

0

NC

0

NC

3.7

NC

0

NC

0

NC

4.6

4.5

4.5

0 0 32.1

NC

0

NC

0

21

F

5.2

SW

Q101

KTA1504S_Y_RTK

4.7

4.1

R119

10K

D106

MTZJ12B

D101

1SS133

R125

4.7K 1/4W

3

2

1

R140

100

L101

5.2

42

2.6

41

2.9

40

22 23

24

C124

0

39

3.9

38

4.3

37

0.2

36

5.1

35

4.7

34

0.1 F

5.2

33

2.4

32

2.1

31

25

0

30

26

0

29

5.2

28

5.0

27

4.2

26

0

25

0

24

0

23

0

22

56uH

R141

2.7K

R144

2.7K

R145

2.7K

W804

C103

6.3V

220 YK

0

1

0

2

0

3

5.2

4

0

5

NC

3.2

6

5.1

7

0

8

5.2

9

3.7

10

3.7

11

5.2

12

5.2

13

0

14

0

15

2.3

16

5.2

17

5.2

18

4.1

19

0

20

5.2

21

1

G-11

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

A B

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE AT EACH PART WAS MEASURED

WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER WHEN THE COLOR BROADCAST

WAS RECEIVED IN GOOD CONDITION AND PICTURE IS NORMAL.

C

5.0

0

V-BUFFER

Q105

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

R159

0

33K 1/4W

W837

4.0

5

4.0

6

0

7

5.2

8

0

4

0

3

0

2

0

1

ATTENTION :LES PIECES REPAREES PAR UN ETANT

DANGEREUSES AN POINT DE VUE SECURITE

N’UTILISER QUE CELLS DECRITES

DANS LA NOMENCLATURE DES PIECES

CAUTION :SINCE THESE PARTS MARKED BY

CRITICAL FOR SAFETY,USE ONES

DESCRIBED IN PARTS LIST ONLY

ARE

D E F

G

FROM/TO IN/OUT

SCL

SDA

I2C_OFF

REMOCON

KEY_A

KEY_B

POWER_ON_H

H

8

7

FROM/TO VIF/SIF/CHROMA

OSD_Y

OSD_B

OSD_G

OSD_R

SDA

SCL

SYNC_VIDEO

H_CONTROL

PROTECT

POWER_ON_H

TUNER_VIDEO

SWD_V_OUT

HD

FROM DEFLECTION

VD

X-RAY

+30V

FROM POWER

POWER_FAIL

GND

FROM/TO REGULATOR

POWER_ON_H

DVD_RESET

DVD_H

RX

TX

P.CON+5V

AT+5.6V

GND

6

5

4

3

B.SIGNAL

G.SIGNAL

R.SIGNAL

G

TO SOUND AMP

POWER_ON_H

A_MUTE

VOL_PWM

FROM/TO STEREO

TUNER_AUDIO

SCL

SDA

2

PCB250

TMB555

TUNER AUDIO SIGNAL

TUNER VIDEO SIGNAL

PLAYBACK VIDEO SIGNAL

LUMINANCE SIGNAL

H

1

G-12

8

A B C D E

VIF/SIF/CHROMA SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(AV PCB)

F G H

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

FROM/TO REGULATOR

DVD_Y

DVD_C

UNREG+12V

P.CON+5V

GND

P.CON+9V

AT5.7VREG

8.5VREG

TO DEFLECTION

V.OUT

ACL

AFC

H.OUT

FROM IN/OUT

SWD_VIDEO

FRONT_VIDEO

FROM/TO MICON/TUNER

HD

POWER_ON_H

SWD_V_OUT

TUNER_VIDEO

PROTECT

OSD_Y

OSD_B

OSD_G

OSD_R

SDA

SCL

SYNC_VIDEO

H_CONTROL

SWD_V_OUT

SCL

SDA

W827

W832

OSD_Y

OSD_B

OSD_G

OSD_R

HD

1

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

A

G-13

B

7

S002X

C4227

50V 1 KA

R625

22K

28

R630

1K 1/4W

R634

SW

Q602

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

0

4.7K

6.0

0

6

C

CHROMA IC

IC601

LA76319NM-MPB-E

NC

5.2

5.2

NC

0

NC

5.2

5.2

3.4

3.4

3.4

NC

0

5.0

NC

0

NC

0

0

NC

0

NC

0

NC

0

NC

0

48

NC

0

47

NC

0

46

5.2

45 44

0

43

5.2

42

2.5

41

2.5

40

4.5

NC

3.9

39

NC

0

38 37

3.4

36

5.0

35

3.0

34

3.5

33

2.6

C628

50V 0.47

KA

0

NC

REG

SW 0

CLMP

VXD APC1 FSC

2.5

50V

C622

1 KA

VIDEO

SW

AUDIO

SW

BUS

LPF

TRAP

BPF

V/Y

SW

YC SN

CL

TINT

SHARP

ACC

BS

SG

CEMO

RGB

MATRIX

CLMP

AF

SW

COLOP

CLAMP

HOR

VCO

1/256

HOR

C/D

AFC1

X-RAY

FBP

2.5

0

0

1.7

5.9

0

NC

0.1

C601

B

R619

4.7K

+-1%

ATT

OSD

CONTRAST

CLMP

DC REST CONTRAST

BRIGHT

SYNC

SEP

OSD

SW

ORIVE/OUT-OFF

ABL/ACL

VER

SEP

VER

C/D

VER

RAMP

REG-SW

HOR

VCC

AFC2

PHASE

SHIFTER

HOR

OUT

1.0

2.7

5.2

2.4

2.9

R616

100 1/4W

RST 5V/8V-REG

3.0

1

NC

0

2

NC

0

3

NC

0

4

5.0

5

6.0

6

8.6

7 8

2.6

NC

0

9

2.8

10

3.4

11 12

8.6

NC

R608

0

6.8K

13

7.9

14

3.7

15

3.5

16

3.5

0

C618

0.015 B

C619

50V 1 KA

R615

4.3K

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE AT EACH PART WAS MEASURED

WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER WHEN THE COLOR BROADCAST

WAS RECEIVED IN GOOD CONDITION AND PICTURE IS NORMAL.

D

L601

100uH 0305

R605

27K

CAUTION: DIGITAL TRANSISTOR

E

100

R613

1/2W

R622

390 1/4W

34

R618

220 1/4W 33

DVD_Y

AFC

H.OUT

9.0

0

5.0

4.4

4.3

SW

Q605

DTA114EKA

P.CON+9V

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

H_CONTROL

5.0

SW

Q601

P.CON+5V

5

4

3

30 29

32

31

F

D603

1N4005-EIC

V.OUT

P.CON+5V_B

P.CON+9V

8.5VREG

ACL

TUNER_VIDEO

UNREG+12V

AT5.7VREG

C634

50V 1 KA

27

B.SIGNAL

G.SIGNAL

R.SIGNAL

PLAYBACK LUMINANCE SIGNAL

PLAYBACK COLOR SIGNAL

TO CRT

CP802A (CP802B)

B2013H02-6P

CLAMP 1

GND 2

3 G.OUT

R.OUT

B.OUT

4

5

CLAMP OFF 6

TUNER VIDEO SIGNAL

TUNER AUDIO SIGNAL

PLAYBACK VIDEO SIGNAL

PCB250

TMB555

G H

2

1

G-14

8

A B C D E

SOUND AMP SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(AV PCB)

F G H

8

7

6

5

4

FROM POWER

SOUND+B

SOUND_GND

FROM/TO REGULATOR

GND

W813

B301

W4BRH3.5X6X1.0

FROM MICON/TUNER

POWER_ON_H

A_MUTE

VOL_PWM

R302

68K

HS301

763WAA0200

SOUND_AMP IC

IC302 AN7522N

+ -

L R

+

1

8.0

2

4.6

3

0

4

4.6

R311

5

4.5

6

1.4

C307

7

0

C348

8

1.4

9

2.0

10

4.4

11

0

12

4.4

270K 0.01

B

0.01

B

R326

100

0

2.0

0

MUTE

Q301

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

35 36

CP301

TID-X02P-M1

SP OUT L+

SP OUT L-

CP302

TID-X02P-M1

SP OUT R+

SP OUT R-

1

2

1

2

CD301

CU12414A

1

2

FROM/TO SPEAKER

L CH

SPEAKER

CD302

CU12414A

1

2

R CH

SPEAKER

SP351

SG04D11BNA

8 OHM

SP352

SG04D11BNA

8 OHM

FROM/TO IN/OUT

SOUND_GND

SOUND_L+

SOUND_R+

SP_OUT_L

SP_OUT_R

7

6

5

4

3

FROM STEREO

A_OUT_L

P.CON+12_A

A_OUT_R

R309

1K

2.2

5.1

BUFFER

Q305

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

12.0

R305

1K

2.2

12.0

5.1

BUFFER

Q302

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

R301

2.2K

1/4W

R303

2.2K

1/4W

3

2 2

1

G-15

A

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

B

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE AT EACH PART WAS MEASURED

WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER WHEN THE COLOR BROADCAST

WAS RECEIVED IN GOOD CONDITION AND PICTURE IS NORMAL.

C D

ATTENTION :LES PIECES REPAREES PAR UN ETANT

DANGEREUSES AN POINT DE VUE SECURITE

N’UTILISER QUE CELLS DECRITES

DANS LA NOMENCLATURE DES PIECES

E

CAUTION :SINCE THESE PARTS MARKED BY

CRITICAL FOR SAFETY,USE ONES

DESCRIBED IN PARTS LIST ONLY

ARE

F G

AUDIO SIGNAL

AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)

H

PCB250

TMB555

1

G-16

8

A B C D E

IN/OUT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(AV PCB)

7

6

TO STEREO

A_O_L

A_O_R

DVD_AUDIO_L

DVD_AUDIO_R

FRONT_A_IN_L

FRONT_A_IN_R

TO VIF/SIF CHROMA

FRONT_VIDEO

SWD_VIDEO

5

FROM REGULATOR

P.CON+5V_A

P.CON+5V

SPDIF-134

AT+5.6V

P.CON+12V

DVD_A_OUT_L

DVD_A_OUT_R

ZERO

P.CON+9V

GND

DVD_VIDEO_A

4

3

FROM/TO MICON/TUNER

KEY_A

KEY_B

POWER_ON_H

SCL

SDA

REMOCON

I2C_OFF

FROM/TO SOUND AMP

SOUND_L+

SOUND_R+

SP_OUT_L

SP_OUT_R

SOUND_GND

DVD_A_OUT_L

DVD_A_OUT_R

2

L4202

100uH 0305

R4205

2.2K

1/4W

1.6

4.9

D AUDIO DRIVER

Q4201

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

1.2

R4216

68

C4215

0.1

B

B4201

W5RH3.5X5X1.0

COAXIAL

J4201

MSP-251V-05PBSN

C4224

100P CH

L4201

100uH 0305

0

2.9

0

MUTE DET

Q4203

DTC144EKA

R4208

10K

R4201

10K

C4206

50V 2.2

KA

R4211

100K

R4202

10K

C4207

50V 2.2

KA

R4212

100K

R4213

10K

R4209

4.7K

R4243

10K

C4220

0.0015 B

R4224

10K

R4229

12K

0

4

5.2

3

5.2

2

5.2

1

-

+

-

+

5.2

5

5.2

6

5.2

7

10.4

8

R4231

10K

C4232

16V 22 KA

R4235

100 1/4W

C4222

0.0015 B

R4223

10K

R4228

12K

C4231

R4234

16V 22 KA 100 1/4W

37

MUTE SW.

Q4210

DTA143EKA

5.2

5.2

0

0

5.2

MUTE SW.

Q4209

DTC124EKA

0

R4239

1K

38

0

MUTE SW

Q4212

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

0

0

0

0

0 MUTE SW

Q4211

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

AT+5.6V

F G

R2202

100 1/4W

OS2202

PIC-37243SR

1

2

3

Vout

B+

GND

R2214

820

R2216

1K

R2218

1.5K

R2220

2.7K

R2221

5.6K

H

REMOCON

SOUND_GND

AT+5.6V

KEY_A

KEY_B

FRONT_A_IN_R

FRONT_A_IN_L

FRONT_VIDEO

SP_OUT_R

SOUND_R+

SOUND_L+

SP_OUT_L

0

5.2

SW

Q2201

DTC124EKA

C2205

16V 47 YK

R2215

820

R2217

1K

R2219

1.5K

H

NC

2

NC

3

1

E

R4227

75

H

2

NC

NC

3

1

E

YELLOW

WHITE

H

2

NC

3

1

E

RED

SCL

SDA

I2C_OFF

A_O_L

A_O_R

DVD_VIDEO_A

SWD_VIDEO

39

HEADPHONE_JACK

J2201

MSJ-2000_AG

TEST POINT

CP101

A2001WV2-9P

GND

I2C SCL

I2C SDA

I2C OFF

P.CON+9V

AUDIO OUT L

AUDIO OUT R

DVD_VIDEO

SWD_VIDEO

5

6

7

3

4

1

2

8

9

1

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE EACH PART WAS

MEASURED WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER

DURING PLAYBACK.

ATTENTION

:LES PIECES REPAREES PAR UN ETANT

DANGEREUSES AN POINT DE VUE SECURITE

N’UTILISER QUE CELLS DECRITES

DANS LA NOMENCLATURE DES PIECES

CAUTION

:SINCE THESE PARTS MARKED BY

CRITICAL FOR SAFETY,USE ONES

DESCRIBED IN PARTS LIST ONLY

ARE CAUTION: DIGITAL TRANSISTOR

CAUTION: DIGITAL TRANSISTOR

A B C D E F G

G-17

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

PCB250

TMB555

AUDIO SIGNAL

AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)

DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNAL(PB)

TUNER VIDEO SIGNAL

PLAYBACK VIDEO SIGNAL

H

1

G-18

4

3

2

1

G-19

A

6

5

8

7

A B C D

STEREO SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(AV PCB)

E

C922

50V 2.2

KA

L904

100uH

R911

100 1/4W

40

R912

100 1/4W

41 42

R908

270

24

2.2

23

2.2

22

2.2

21

AGC

OUT SW

2.2

DAC

NC 0

20

ZAP

19

4.2

18

4.4

17

GND

0

IIC Decoder

Matrix

1

1.0

Cancel

Offset

Cancel

Offset

2

De-Emph

75us

Switch

(L-R)/SAP

Filter

SAPout

2.2

Expand

Wide Band

3

2.2

4

2.3

5

L-R Filter

L+R Filter

2.4

RMS Det

Wide Band

6

0.7

L-R Demod

L+R Demod fH.2fH Trap Filter dbx De-Emph

7

Vcc

5.1

8

2.6

16

3.7

St.PLL

Cancel

Pilot

Filter

Wide Band

Expand

Spectral

9

Filter

2.6

15

3.4

Stereo

10

Det

Pilot

Filter

14

Noise

Filter

Spectral

RMS Det

Spectral

0.6

2.2

VCA

Input

11

Filter

SAP

2.2

13

Det

SAP

Demod

SAP

Det

Noise

12

3.4

3.6

FROM/TO MICON/TUNER

TUNER_AUDIO

SCL

SDA

TO SOUND AMP

A_OUT_L

A_OUT_R

P.CON+12_A

FROM IN/OUT

A_O_R

A_O_L

DVD_AUDIO_L

DVD_AUDIO_R

FRONT_A_IN_R

FRONT_A_IN_L

F

FROM REGULATOR

P.CON+12V

P.CON+5V

GND

B

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

C D

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE AT EACH PART WAS MEASURED

WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER WHEN THE COLOR BROADCAST

WAS RECEIVED IN GOOD CONDITION AND PICTURE IS NORMAL.

E F

TUNER AUDIO SIGNAL

AUDIO SIGNAL

G

G

2

PCB250

TMB555

H

1

G-20

4

3

H

8

7

6

5

8

A B C

V.OUTPUT IC

IC401 AN5522

THERMAL PROTECTION

-

+

AMP

1

3.9

Vcc

2

25.5

PUMP UP

3

1.3

GND

4

0

5

12.9

6

24.8

7

3.9

W843

D E

DEFLECTION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(AV PCB)

F G H

8

7 7

R412

3.3K 1/4W

R424

3.3K 1/4W

W914

W916

R420

2.2K

R413

1.8K

1/4W

R416

56K 1/4W

HS401_1

763WSA0013

R401

330 2W

D406

1SS133

D405

1SS133

R402

220 1W

TP401

D409

1SS133

R442

22K +-1%

TP402

R445

15K 1/4W

TP403

43

W826

TO DY

CP401

A1561WV2-A5P

5

4

NC

3

2

1

6

5

4

3

2

FROM/TO VIF/SIF/CROMA

V.OUT

ACL

AFC

VD

H.OUT

FROM REGULATOR

GND

P.CON+5V

TO MICON/TUNER

VD

X-RAY

+30V

FROM POWER

+B

UNREG+12V

S002Y

GND

W810

0

14.3

0

H-DRIVE

Q405

KTC3227_Y

31.0

NC

0.2

22.3

3

2

1

T401

ETH09K14BZ

0

4

6

1.3

44

1.3

0

247.6

H.OUTPUT

Q406

2SC5885

HS402

763WSA0017

C431

250V 22 YK

C429

500V 0.0022

B

D411

1N4937

R450_1

5.6 1W

C402

100V 22 YK

C439

500V 56P

R423

SL

10K 1/4W

272.0

1

FB401_1

COL

FNI-14B001

HV

110.4

6

VIDEO

0

0 2

B+

NC

0

0

9

8

-0.2

NC

0

4

NC 0

3

AFC

GND

E12

E25

R453

180K 1/2W

W836

F

S

GND

11

ABL

7

0

HEATER

10

0

GND

8

5

2.7

NC

6

V801

A34AGT13X98(DL)

9

10

8

6

11

R

G

B

5 7 1

2 1

CD805 (CP801)

CH82039A

5

4

TO CRT

FOCUS

SCREEN

180V

NC

HEATER

CP803A

B2013H02-4P

180V 4

3

GND

HEATER

2

1

TO CRT

(CP803B)

3

2

PCB250

TMB555

1

G-21

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

A B

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE AT EACH PART WAS MEASURED

WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER WHEN THE COLOR BROADCAST

WAS RECEIVED IN GOOD CONDITION AND PICTURE IS NORMAL.

C

NOTE: THE RESISTOR MARKED F IS FUSE RESISTOR.

THE ALUMI ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITOR MARKED NP

IS NON POLAR ONE.

ATTENTION

:LES PIECES REPAREES PAR UN ETANT

DANGEREUSES AN POINT DE VUE SECURITE

N’UTILISER QUE CELLS DECRITES

DANS LA NOMENCLATURE DES PIECES

D E F

CAUTION

:SINCE THESE PARTS MARKED BY

CRITICAL FOR SAFETY,USE ONES

DESCRIBED IN PARTS LIST ONLY

ARE

G

DEFLECTION SIGNAL

1

H

G-22

5

8

7

6

A B

CRT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(CRT PCB)

C

FROM VIF/SIF/CHROMA

5

6

3

4

1

2

CP802B (CP802A)

B2013H02-6P

CLAMP

GND

G.OUT

R.OUT

B.OUT

CLAMP OFF

FROM DEFLECTION

3

4

1

2

CP803B (CP803A)

B2013H02-4P

HEATER

GND

180V

NC

FROM/TO DEFLECTION

1

2

CP801 (CD805)

A2361WV2-2P

GND

GND

D E

2.6

120.0

3.0

RED AMP

Q804

2SC4217

45

2.5

122.0

2.9

GREEN AMP

Q805

2SC4217

46

2.7

115.0

3.1

BLUE AMP

Q806

2SC4217

47

F G

4

FOCUS

SCREEN

CP806_1

3

6.4

0

0

CRT SOCKET

J801_1

ISMS01S

99.6

101.6

0

2

1

G-23

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

A B

PCB110

TCB412

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE AT EACH PART WAS MEASURED

WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER WHEN THE COLOR BROADCAST

WAS RECEIVED IN GOOD CONDITION AND PICTURE IS NORMAL.

C D

ATTENTION :LES PIECES REPAREES PAR UN ETANT

DANGEREUSES AN POINT DE VUE SECURITE

N’UTILISER QUE CELLS DECRITES

DANS LA NOMENCLATURE DES PIECES

E

ACCESSORY

ANT001

HPAS-2S780

4

3

2

CAUTION

:SINCE THESE PARTS MARKED BY

CRITICAL FOR SAFETY,USE ONES

DESCRIBED IN PARTS LIST ONLY

ARE

F G

R.SIGNAL

G.SIGNAL

B.SIGNAL

H

1

G-24

H

8

7

6

5

8

A B C D E

POWER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

(POWER PCB)

F G H

8

D3823

SB340L-6737

7 7

6

5

4

3

2

5A 125V

DEGAUSS COIL

L3800

8R140031

1

2

CP3800

A1561WV2-2P

PH3800

003P-2100

TH3800_2

ZPB45BL3R0A

PH3801

003P-2100

AC120V_60Hz

CD3800

09414909

WHITE

BLACK

S3802

WHITE

S3801

BLACK

L3803

W5T_20*10*10A

FH3800

EYF-52BCY

F3800

51MS050L

5A125V

FH3801

EYF-52BCY

W808

5A 125V

C3809

0.012 B

6.0

6.3

FEED BACK

SWITCHING

Q3800

KTC3198

5.4

R3817

1 5W

C3810

500V 0.001

B

C3812

500V 0.001

B

L3801_1

1R1A223F28

4

2

3

1

48

R3816

680 1/4W

D3811

1SS133

POWER

Q3803

STP5NC50FP

G

6.3

D 240

S

0

R3826

1.2M 1/4W

R3827

1.2M 1/4W

B3800

W5RH3.5X5X1.0

HS3800

763WAA0227

7.3

6.3

13.6

0.4

FEED BACK

IC3800

PS2561L1-1-V(W)

6.3

0

0.4

BUFFER

Q3802

KTC3203_Y

W802

C3807

100V 0.047

MMTS R3833

330 1/4W

D3807

1N4937

D3806

1N4937-B-EIC

R3825

10 1/2W

CAUTION: IS THE LIVE CONNECTION

R3828

0.22 1W

1

G-25

ATTENTION :POUR UNE PROTECTION CONTINUE LES RISQUES D’INCEIE

N’UTILISER QUE DES FUSIBLE DE MEME TYPE 5A125V(F3800).

CAUTION :FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD,

REPLACE ONLY WITH THE SAME TYPE FUSE

5A125V(F3800).

A B

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

C

240

8

240

7

P2

240

6

240

5

P1

10.0

3

0

2

20.0

1

P4

P3

T3800 81291074

4.5V

10

5.0

5V

11

10.0

NC

SB

12

8.0

SG

13

0

W838

135V

14

135

HG

15

0

LG

16

0

12V

17

12.0

8V

18

8.0

D

NOTE:THE DC VOLTAGE AT EACH PART WAS MEASURED

WITH THE DIGITAL TESTER WHEN THE COLOR BROADCAST

WAS RECEIVED IN GOOD CONDITION AND PICTURE IS NORMAL.

E

D3821

RU2AM-EIC

D3818 R3829

1N4937 100 1/4W

D3817

SB340L-6737

R3830

1K 1/4W

D3819

21DQ09N

49

D3830

21DQ09N

D3820

21DQ09N

SHORT

W818

TO DEFLECTION

+B

UNREG+12V

GND

TO SOUND AMP

SOUND_GND

SOUND+B

TO MICON/TUNER

POWER_FAIL

GND

TO REGULATOR

UNREG+12V

UNREG+8V

UNREG+5V

GND

6

5

4

3

R3813

100 1/4W

D3831

MTZJ3.9B

D3822

1SS133

D3802

1SS133

2

R3831

100 1/4W

PCB250

TMB555

ATTENTION :LES PIECES REPAREES PAR UN ETANT

DANGEREUSES AN POINT DE VUE SECURITE

N’UTILISER QUE CELLS DECRITES

DANS LA NOMENCLATURE DES PIECES

F G

CAUTION :SINCE THESE PARTS MARKED BY

CRITICAL FOR SAFETY,USE ONES

DESCRIBED IN PARTS LIST ONLY

ARE

H

1

G-26

A B C D E

INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

F G H

8 8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

G-27

A

FOCUS SCREEN

CD805

NC

NC

CRT PCB

PCB110

TCB412

H

2

H

2

E

1

1

E

COAXIAL

J4201

FRONT VIDEO JACK

J2202

YELLOW

H

2

NC

3

1

E

H

2

1

E

FRONT AUDIO JACK

J2203

WHITE

FRONT AUDIO JACK

J2204

RED

HEADPHONE_JACK

J2201

V801

CP802A

CLAMP

GND

G.OUT

R.OUT

B.OUT

CLAMP_OFF

3

4

1

2

5

6

TU001

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

1

NC

2 NC

3 +B

4

NC

5 NC

6 NC

NC

NC

NC

7 NC

8

NC

9 NC

10 SCL

11 SDA

12 AFT

13

TUNER_AUDIO

NC 14 NC

15 +30v

NC 16 NC

17 TUNER_VIDEO

L4002

GND

GND

TX

CP8001

1

2

3

RX

GND(M)

P.CON+9V

P.CON+5V_A

P.CON+3.3V

P.CON+3.3V

GND

SPDIF

CVBS

GND

C(CVBS)

GND

CP8002

12

11

10

9

8

Y(G)

GND

AUDIO-L

GND 5

4

7

6

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

AUDIO-R

ZERO

DVD RESET

GND

3

2

1

CD8505

4

3

6

5

2

1

8

7

12

11

CD8502

FFC

10

9

1

2

3

4

7

8

5

6

9

10

11

12

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

2

3

1

CD4002

GND(D)

GND(D)

TX

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

RX

GND(M)

P.CON+9V

P.CON+5V

(P.CON+3.3V)

UNREG+3.8V

(P.CON+3.3V)

UNREG+3.8V

GND

SPDIF

1

2

3

4

CP8101_3

GND

C(CVBS)

GND

Y

GND

AUDIO-L

GND

AUDIO-R

ZERO

DVD RESET

DVD-H (GND)

DVD PCB

PCB130

VMD328

T-

T+

F-

F+

MON(DVD)

NC(SW)

VOL(DVD)

GND(DVD)

LD(DVD)

LD(CD)

VOL(CD)

GND(CD)

MON(COM)

GND(NC)

RF

C

D

F

B

A

E

VCC

VREF

GND(PDIC)

CLOSE

GND(D)

OPEN

LD+

LD-

SP1+

SP-

SLD+

SLD-

LIMIT SW

SW(GND)

1

4

5

6

7

2

3

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

1

2

3

4

5

FFC

1

2

3

4

5

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

19

20

21

22

15

16

17

18

10

11

12

13

14

6

7

8

9

4

5

CP2601

1

2

3

T-

T+

F-

F+

MON(DVD)

NC(SW)

VOL(DVD)

GND(DVD)

LD(DVD)

LD(CD)

VOL(CD)

GND(CD)

MON(COM)

DVD/CD

RF

C

D

F

B

A

E

VCC

23

24

Vref

GND(PDIC)

1

2

3

4

5

CP2602

CLOSE

GND(D)

OPEN

LD+

LD-

1

2

3

4

5

6

CP2603

SP1+

SP-

SLD+

SLD-

LIMIT SW

SW(GND)

DVD

DRIVE

DM-3

OPTICAL PICK-UP

SPINDLE MOTOR

SLED,LOADING MOTOR

FG SENSER

CP3800

1

2

DEGAUSS COIL

L3800

AV PCB

PCB250

TMB555

WHITE

S3802

S3801

BLACK

WHITE

BLACK

L3803

AC120V_60Hz

CD3800

NOTE: THIS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM IS THE LATEST AT THE TIME

OF PRINTING AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

B C

ATTENTION :LES PIECES REPAREES PAR UN ETANT

DANGEREUSES AN POINT DE VUE SECURITE

N’UTILISER QUE CELLS DECRITES

DANS LA NOMENCLATURE DES PIECES

D E

CAUTION :SINCE THESE PARTS MARKED BY

CRITICAL FOR SAFETY,USE ONES

DESCRIBED IN PARTS LIST ONLY

ARE

F G

7

6

5

4

3

2

H

1

G-28

200ns

20mV

2

MEMORY

5ns

20mV

3

RF AMP

200ns

20mV

4

MPEG/MICON/DSP

10ns

100mV

1

WAVEFORMS

AUDIO/VIDEO

500µs

100mV

6

POWER ON

0.2ms

1.0V

23

500µs

100mV

7

POWER ON

0.2ms

1.0V

24

10µs

200mV

9

POWER ON

5ms

1.0V

25

200ns

10mV

5

10µs

100mV

10

MICON/TUNER

POWER ON

0.2ms

1.0V

22

POWER ON

50µs

1.0V

26

VIF/SIF/CHROMA

POWER ON

20µs

0.5V

27

NOTE: The following waveforms were measured at the point of the corresponding balloon number in the schematic diagram.

H-1

POWER ON

10µs

2.0V

30

POWER ON

10µs

2.0V

31

POWER ON

10ms

0.5V

32

STANDBY

0.5µs

50mV

28

POWER ON

10µs

2.0V

29

POWER ON

20µs

0.5V

33

WAVEFORMS

DVD PLAY

0.5ms

200mV

38

POWER ON

20µs

2.0V

34

SOUND AMP

POWER ON

1ms

100mV

35

DVD PLAY

10µs

0.5V

39

STEREO

POWER ON

1ms

50mV

40

POWER ON

1ms

100mV

36

POWER ON

1ms

200mV

41

IN/OUT

DVD PLAY

0.5ms

200mV

37

POWER ON

1ms

200mV

42

NOTE: The following waveforms were measured at the point of the corresponding balloon number in the schematic diagram.

H-2

POWER ON

20µs

50V

46

POWER ON

20µs

50V

47

DEFLECTION

POWER ON

5ms

10.0V

43

POWER ON

20µs

5.0V

44

CRT

POWER ON

20µs

50V

45

WAVEFORMS

POWER

STANDBY

5µs

5.0V

48

STANDBY

5µs

5.0V

49

NOTE: The following waveforms were measured at the point of the corresponding balloon number in the schematic diagram.

H-3

MECHANICAL EXPLODED VIEW

202

114

202

202

206

201

102

113

201

117

V801

117

SP352

210

210

201

PCB110

(CRT PCB ASS'Y)

201

101F

109

101I

212

101D

101G

210

210

101E

101C

101B

212

101H

212

101H

116

210

B

SP351

101A

101

I1-1

202

MECHANICAL EXPLODED VIEW

209

209

205

110

205

110

209

208

PCB130

(DVD PCB ASS'Y)

208

208

112

208

208

108

208

208

208

208

208

208

209

118

115

208

208

208

208

112

104

106

208

208

208

211

I1-2

600

DVD DECK EXPLODED VIEW

610

608

AA

704

611

612

Cannot supply by a unit.

614

AA

AA

AA

AA AA

AB

AA

AA

609

M2603

602

AA

607

615

AB SW1

705

SW2

PCB640

(SW PCB ASS'Y)

605

CD2301

605

PCB610

(LOADING MOTOR PCB ASS'Y)

705

617

616

701

604

618

CD2302

702

CD2001

703

606

Do not replace the parts. Because, minute adjustments are needed if this condition is disassembled further more.

If the repair is needed, replace the

DVD MECHA ASS'Y.

603

M2602

601

613

CLASS

GREASE

PART NO.

Y315061000

Y315131000

PART NAME

G-555G

SF-112

MARK

AA

AB

NOTE: Applying positions AA and AB for the grease are displayed for this section.

Check if the correct grease is applied for each position.

I2-1

MECHANICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

REF. NO. PART NO.

101

101A

101B

101C

101D

101E

101F

101G

101H

101I

7A701A118A FRONT,CABI

701WPJC660 CABINET,FRONT

713WPA0257 GLASS,LED

713WPA0258 GUIDE,REMOCON

735WPAA576 STOPPER,BUTTON

735WPBB086 BUTTON,FRAME

712WPBA056 FLAP,DVD

742WKA0001 SPRING,DVD-FLAP

761WPA0283 HOLDER,FLAP

800WQ0A077 FELT,SHEET

DESCRIPTION

2x107xT=0.5

201

202

203

204

205

206

207

208

209

210

211

212

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

102 A5P205V740 CABINET,BACK

702WPAA679 CABINET,BACK

103

104

724WNAA001 SHEET,PVC

761WSA0155 ANGLE,DECK

105

106

107

108

109

761WPA0249 HOLDER,FBT

7230007593

7235630001

SHEET,JACK

702WSA0165 PLATE,BOTTOM

702WSA0213 SHIELD,TOP

SHEET,DVD(NEW)

110

111

112

753WUA0069 SPRING,EARTH

752WSA0333 SHIELD,JACK

8995034000 CORD CLIP UL CO.

113

114

741WUA0021 SPRING,EARTH

722A08A153 SHEET,RATING

115 899EFBA002 WIRING-CLIP

899EFBA001 WIRING

116

117

118

7230006755 SHEET,CAUTION

769WSA0011 WASHER CRT T=0.5

774WPA0006 HOLDER,WIRE

8121F50B84 SCREW,TAP TITE(P)

8117540A64 SCREW,TAPPING(B0)

8117540804 SCREW,TAPPING(B0)

8109I30A04 SCREW,TAP TITE(B)

8110226804 SCREW,TAP

8109230804 SCREW,TAP

8109630802 SCREW,TAP TITE(B)

8109230604 SCREW,TAP

810F130804 SEMS(F)

8110630804 SCREW,TAP TITE(P)

8107630804 SCREW,TAP TITE(S)

8110E30804 SCREW,TAP

792WHAA077 PACKAGE,TOP

792WHAA078 PACKAGE,BOTTOM

J5P20521A

JA5U0100

INSTRUCTION

POLYBAG,INSTRUCTION

A5P205V975 INSTRUCTION BOOK KIT

5x10xT0.3

FAI20 FLAT 5x28

TRUSS 4x16

TRUSS

WH7

BIND

4x8

3x10

2.6x8

BIND 3x8

BRAZIER 3x8

BIND 3x6

3x8

BRAZIER 3x8

BRAZIER 3x8

WH10 3X8 or or

J1-1

DVD DECK REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

REF. NO. PART NO.

600

DESCRIPTION

A5M4016650 DVD MECHA ASS'Y

610

611

612

613

614

615

616

617

618

701

702

703

704

705

601

602

603

604

605

606

607

608

609

92P100098A

92P200014A

92SBB0019A

92P100095A

92P100097A

HOLDER,TRAVERSE

92P100094A CLAMPER

92P100088A GEAR,MOTOR

92AAA0013A FEED RACK ASS'Y

92P200013A INSULATOR(F)

INSULATOR(R)

LOADER SUB ASS'Y

GEAR,PULLEY

PULLEY,MOTOR

92P100096A GEAR,MAIN

92P200012A BELT,LOADING

92P000014A PLATE,CLAMPER

92P100093A RACK,LOADING

92P100091A FRAME,MAIN

92P100092A TRAY

92P100089A RACK,FEED

92P100090A RACK,FEED

92P300020A SPRING,RACK

811022680U SCREW,TAP TITE(P) BIND

814011723U SCREW,PAN

816112080U SEMS.TAP TITE(P) PAN

814011730U SCREW,PAN

811022080U SCREW,TAP TITE(P) BIND

CD2001

CD2301

CD2302

! M2602

! M2603

PCB610

PCB640

SW1

SW2

122H0O1901 CORD

122H062102 CORD

122H052601 CORD

1515S98002 FEED MOTOR

1596S18002 LOADING MOTOR

A5M4016610 PCB

A5M4016640 PCB

0515S32002 SWITCH

0500101037 PUSH

2.6x8

W10 2x8

2x8

2H0O1901

2H062102

2H052601

BCZ3B03

BCZ3B52

DED003A

DED002A

SSS-13-2

ESE22MH24

J2-1

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

D411

D413

! D416

D603

D801

D802

D803

D2201

D2601

D3003

D3005

D3006

D3007

D3008

D3009

D3801

D3802

D101

D102

D103

D105

D106

D107

D401

! D402

D403

D404

D405

D406

D408

D409

D410

D3803

D3804

D3805

D3806

D3807

! D3808

! D3809

C313

! C402

! C403

! C407

C423

! C428

C431

C802

C3007

! C3801

C3811

! C3815

! C3816

C3818

! C3820

! C3822

! C3823

! C3826

C3827

REF. NO. PART NO.

! R401

DESCRIPTION

R E S I S T O R S

R3X28A331J R,METAL OXIDE 330 OHM 2W

! R402

! R418

! R442

! R444

! R445

! R447

R450

! R803

! R805

! R807

! R3803

! R3806

! R3812

! R3817

! R3821

! R3828

R3X181221J R,METAL OXIDE

R002T22R2J RC

R4X5T6223F R,METAL

R4X5T6562F R,METAL

R002T4153J RC

R65582680J R,FUSE

R635815R6J R,FUSE

R3X18A123J R,METAL OXIDE

R3X18A123J R,METAL OXIDE

R3X18A123J R,METAL OXIDE

R002T2155J RC

R0G3K2275K RC

R3X181331J R,METAL OXIDE

R5Y2CD010J R,CEMENT

R3X181R47J R,METAL OXIDE

R63581R22J R,FUSE

CAPACITORS

E5EZF3222M CE

E02LU8220M CE

E5EZT2471M CE

E02LF3222M CE

P4J7F3394J CMPP

P4N8FJ822H CMPP

E0ELFD220M CE

C0JBB0713K CC

E02L05010M CE

P2122B224M CMP

C0PLRR7E3K CC

E51CGC471M CE

CD39E0MQ3M CC

E5EZF3222M CE

E50HU5100M CE

E5EZF2222M CE

E5EZF3102M CE

E62NFC221M CE

E5EZF3222M CE

D I O D E S

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D97U05R61B DIODE,ZENER

D97U05R61B DIODE,ZENER

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D97U01201B DIODE,ZENER

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D2WXN49370 DIODE SILICON

D97U03001B DIODE,ZENER

D97U03001B DIODE,ZENER

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D97U03301B DIODE,ZENER

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D97U06R81B DIODE,ZENER

D2WXN49370 DIODE SILICON

D2WXN49370 DIODE SILICON

D97U05R11B DIODE,ZENER

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

0021E2Q140 LED

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D2WXN40050 DIODE SILICON

D97U05R61B DIODE,ZENER

D97U03R61B DIODE,ZENER

D97U05R61B DIODE,ZENER

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D97U01801B DIODE,ZENER

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D2W0N49370 DIODE SILICON

D2WTRM11C0 DIODE SILICON

D2WTRM11C0 DIODE SILICON

REF. NO. PART NO.

D3810

220 OHM 1W

2.2 OHM 1/2W

22K OHM 1/6W

5.6K OHM 1/6W

15K OHM 1/4W

68 OHM 1/2W

5.6 OHM 1W

D3811

! D3815

! D3816

! D3817

! D3818

! D3819

! D3820

12K OHM 2W

12K OHM 2W

12K OHM 2W

1.5M OHM 1/2W

! D3821

D3822

! D3823

D3826

2.7M OHM 1/2W

330 OHM 1W

1 OHM 5W

0.47 OHM 1W

0.22 OHM 1W

D3827

D3828

! D3830

D3831

D4001

D8111

D8112 2200 UF 25V

22 UF 100V

470 UF 16V

2200 UF 25V

0.39 UF 250V PMS

0.0082UF 1.25KV

22 UF 250V

0.001 UF 2KV B

1 UF 50V

IC101

IC103

IC199

! IC302

! IC401

IC601

IC902

0.22 UF 275V ECQUL IC2301

0.0015 UF 2KV R IC2601

470 UF 200V

0.0047UF 250V

2200 UF 25V

10 UF 50V

2200 UF 16V

1000 UF 25V

220 UF 200V

2200 UF 25V

! IC3001

IC3002

IC3005

! IC3800

IC4001

IC4002

IC4005

IC4006

IC4007

1SS133T-77

IC4201

IC8102

1SS133T-77

1SS133T-77

11E1-EIC

1N4937

MTZJ30B T-77

1SS133T-77

1SS133T-77

1SS133T-77

MTZJ6.8B T-77

1N4937

1N4937

MTZJ5.1B T-77

1N4005-EIC

1SS133T-77

1SS133T-77

1SS133T-77

LTL-1CHEE-002A

KDS120RTK

1SS133T-77

1N4005-EIC

21DQ09N-TA2B1

21DQ09N-TA2B1

1SS133T-77

1SS133T-77

1SS133T-77

1N4937-B-EIC

1N4937

RM11C-EIC

RM11C-EIC

Q2602

Q2603

Q2604

Q2605

Q3000

Q3001

! Q3003

Q3004

Q3005

Q3006

Q3007

Q3008

Q3009

Q3010

Q3800

! Q3802

! Q3803

Q4004

Q4201

Q4203

Q101

Q105

Q301

Q302

Q305

! Q405

! Q406

Q601

Q602

Q605

! Q804

! Q805

! Q806

Q2201

Q2601

DESCRIPTION

D I O D E S

D97U01801B DIODE,ZENER

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D2WTRM11C0 DIODE SILICON

D2WTRM11C0 DIODE SILICON

D2LKB340L0 DIODE SCHOTTKY

D2WXN49370 DIODE SILICON

D28T21DQN9 DIODE SCHOTTKY

D28T21DQN9 DIODE SCHOTTKY

D2WXRU2AM0 DIODE SILICON

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D2LKB340L0 DIODE SCHOTTKY

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D1VT001330 DIODE,SILICON

D97U02R21B DIODE,ZENER

D28T21DQN9 DIODE SCHOTTKY

D97U03R91B DIODE,ZENER

DDDRL41480 DIODE SILICON

DDDRL41480 DIODE SILICON

I55D06079A IC

I9UF032310 IC

A5P205V255 INIT DATA

I0FSP7522N IC

I01TD55220 IC

I03FC319N0 IC

I01FF58290 IC

I03F065650 IC

ICQK067080 IC

I1KA97805A IC

I1KA97805A IC

I1KA97809A IC

000220001W PHOTO COUPLER

ICQK06762V IC

I5HJ002BF0 IC

IF3J00HGT7 IC

I1HF9117L0 IC

ICMJ0800A8 IC

ICMJ0F8009 IC

I0QJ045800 IC

I17F017530 IC

I C S

TRANSISTORS

MTZJ18B T-77

1SS133T-77

RM11C-EIC

RM11C-EIC

SB340L-6737

1N4937

21DQ09N-TA2B1

21DQ09N-TA2B1

RU2AM-EIC

1SS133T-77

SB340L-6737

1SS133T-77

1SS133T-77

MTZJ2.2B T-77

21DQ09N-TA2B1

MTZJ3.9B T-77

MCL4148

MCL4148

MCL4148

OEC6079A

PST3231NR

AN7522N

AN5522

LA76319NM-MPB-E

AN5829S

LA6565-TE-L-E

ZR36708TQC

KIA7805API

KIA7805API

KIA7809API

PS2561L1-1-V(W)

ZR36762PQCG_V

S-24C02BFJ-TB

HY57V641620HGT-7

SIP1117L-ADJ-TP

SST39VF800A-70-4C-EK-D or

SST39VF800-70-4C-EK

NJM4580M(TE1)

PCM1753DBQR

TCAA3875SY TRANSISTOR SILICON

TCAT03227Y

TC1G058850

TRANSISTOR SILICON

TRANSISTOR SILICON

KTA1504S_Y_RTK

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

KTC3227_Y-AT

2SC5885

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

TPYJB05001 COMPOUND

TC3F042170 TRANSISTOR,SILICON

TC3F042170 TRANSISTOR,SILICON

TC3F042170 TRANSISTOR,SILICON

2SC4217(D,E)-RAC

2SC4217(D,E)-RAC

2SC4217(D,E)-RAC

TNYJC05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR DTC124EKAT146

T67J1036K0 TRANSISTOR 2SA1036KT146

T67J048TL0

T27T030180

TRANSISTOR

FET

2SA2048TL

2SK3018

T27T030180 FET

T27T030180 FET

2SK3018

2SK3018

TAAT01281Y TRANSISTOR KTA1281_Y

TNYJB05001 COMPOUND

TCA0043690

TAAT01281Y

TCAT03209Y

TCAT032034

TRANSISTOR SILICON

TRANSISTOR

TRANSISTOR

TRANSISTOR,

KTC4369(O,Y)

KTA1281_Y

KTC3209_Y-AT

KTC3203_Y-AT

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

KTC3203_Y-AT

KTC3209_Y-AT

TCAT032034 TRANSISTOR,

TCAT03209Y TRANSISTOR

TAAT01281Y TRANSISTOR

TCATC31980 TRANSISTOR,SILICON

TCAT032034 TRANSISTOR, SILICON

TJXG5NC500 FET

KTA1281_Y

KTC3198-AT(Y,GR)

KTC3203_Y-AT

STP5NC50FP

TCAA3875SY TRANSISTOR SILICON

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

TNYJD05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR DTC144EKAT146

J3-1

ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

REF. NO. PART NO.

Q4209

DESCRIPTION

TRANSISTORS

TNYJC05001 COMPOUND TRANSISTOR DTC124EKAT146

Q4210

Q4211

Q4212

Q8102

Q8103

TPYJA05001 COMPOUND

TCAA3875SY TRANSISTOR SILICON

TCAA3875SY TRANSISTOR SILICON

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

KTC3875S_Y_RTK

TAAA1504SY TRANSISTOR SILICON

TAAA1504SY TRANSISTOR SILICON

KTA1504S_Y_RTK

KTA1504S_Y_RTK

COILS &TRANSFORMERS

021375101K COIL 100 UH L001

L101

L401

L601

L602

L801

L902

L904

L3000

L3001

! L3800

! L3801

L3803

L4001

L4002

L4201

L4202

L8102

L8103

T401

! T3800

021JX6560K COIL

021679472K COIL

02167F101J COIL

021375101K COIL

021673560K COIL

02167F101J COIL

02167F101J COIL

02167E100K COIL

02167E100K COIL

028R140031 COIL,DEGAUSS

029T000110 COIL,LINE FILTER

02AHB0A0A4 CORE,FERRITE

02167F2R2J COIL

02AHB9A972 CORE,FERRITE

02167F101J COIL

56 UH

4.7 MH

100 UH

100 UH

56 UH

100 UH

100 UH

10 UH

10 UH

8R140031

1R1A223F28

W5T_20*10*10A

2.2 UH

W5T29X7.5X19

100 UH

02167F101J COIL

02167F1R0K COIL

100 UH

1 UH

02167F1R0K COIL 1 UH

045009003J TRANS,HORIZONTAL DRIVE ETH09K14BZ

0481291074 TRANSFORMER,SWITCHING 81291074

J A C K S

! J801

! J2201

J2202

J2203

J2204

J4201

066F120018 SOCKET,CATHODE RAY TUBE ISMS01S

060J131016 HEADPHONE JACK MSJ-2000_AG

060G421016

060G421017

RCA

RCA

HTJ-032-05AY

HTJ-032-05AW

060G421020 RCA

060J401082 RCA

S W I T C H E S

HTJ-032-05AR

MSP-251V-05PBSN

SW2213

SW2214

SW2215

SW2216

SW2217

SW2218

SW2219

SW2220

SW2221

SW2223

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

EVQ21505R

EVQ21505R

EVQ21505R

EVQ21505R

EVQ21505R

EVQ21505R

EVQ21505R

EVQ21505R

EVQ21505R

EVQ21505R

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

0504101T34 SWITCH,TACT

VARIABLE RESISTORS

VR401 NVG6THTB222

VR3800 V1K63Q2BTE VOLUME,SEMI

P.C.BOARD ASSEMBLIES

NVG6TLTAB471

PCB110 A5P205V110L PCB

PCB130 A5P205V130L PCB

TCB412A

VMD328A

TMB555A PCB250 A5P205V250L PCB ASS'Y

MISCELLANEOUS

ANT001 125C108030 ANTENNA,ROD

B301

B401

B2601

B2602

B2603

B2604

B2605

B3800

B4001

B4002

B4003

B4004

B4005

B4006

B4007

B4008

B4010

B4201

B8103

CD301

CD302

CD802

024HT03564 CORE,BEADS

024HT03553 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HT03553 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

024HT03553 CORE,BEADS

024HC31022 CORE,BEADS

06CU12414A CORD

06CU12414A CORD

WDL6032038 FLAT CABLE AWM2468

HPAS-2S780

W4BRH3.5X6X1.0

W5RH3.5X5X1.0

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

W5RH3.5X5X1.0

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

FCM2012H-102T04

W5RH3.5X5X1.0

FCM2012H-102T04

CU12414A

CU12414A

AWG26 6C BLACK 320MM

NR4002

NR4003

NR4004

NR4005

NR4006

NR4007

NR4008

OS2202

PH3800

PH3801

! SP351

! SP352

TM101

! TU001

! TH3800

! V801

X101

X601

X4001

CP8001

CP8002

CP802A

CP802B

CP803A

CP803B

CP8101

EL001

EL002

F3800

! FB401

FH3800

FH3801

NR4001

REF. NO. PART NO.

CD803

DESCRIPTION

MISCELLANEOUS

WBL6022038 FLAT CABLE AWM2468

AWG26 4C BLACK 220MM

CD805

CP101

CP301

CP302

CP401

CP801

! CD3800

CD4002

CD8101

CP2601

CP2602

CP2603

! CP3800

06CH82039A CORD

069S290629 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

069W120029 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

069W120029 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

069S450089 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

069S320010 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

1209414909 CORD AC BUSH

120R414903 CORD AC BUSH

1207414911 CORD AC BUSH

06CU2B2201 CORD CONNECTOR

122F0C1602 CORD JUMPER

069GYOT119 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

069EV53010 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

069EV63010 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

069S420110 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

069S420099 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

069S2B0629 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

069J7C0029 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

CH82039A

A2001WV2-9P

TID-X02P-M1

TID-X02P-M1

A1561WV2-A5P

A2361WV2-2P

9414909

0R414903

7414911

CU2B2201

2F0C1602

09-5000-024-001-001

00_6232_005_006_800

00_6232_006_006_800

A1561WV2-2P

A1561WV2-2PK

A2001WV2-11P

IMSA-9604S-12Z14

067U006049

067U006049

067U004029

067U004029

WIRE

WIRE HOLDER

WIRE

WIRE HOLDER

069J7C0019 CONNECTOR PCB SIDE

124120301A EYE LET

124116281A EYE LET

081PC05005 FUSE

B2013H02-6P

B2013H02-6P

B2013H02-4P

B2013H02-4P

IMSA-9604S-12Z13

XRY20X30BD

XRY16X28BD

51MS050L

043214037F TRANSFORMER,FLYBACK FNI-14B001

06710T0009 HOLDER,FUSE EYF-52BCY

06710T0009 HOLDER,FUSE

110N4470M3 R,NETWORK

EYF-52BCY

CAY16-470-J-4R

110N4470M3 R,NETWORK

110N4470M3 R,NETWORK

110N4470M3 R,NETWORK

110N4470M3 R,NETWORK

110N4470M3 R,NETWORK

110N4470M3 R,NETWORK

110N4470M3 R,NETWORK

077Q004017 REMOTE

069D01001A CONNECTOR SIDE

069D01001A

070C533019

1002T01606

100CT3R505

100BT02701

CONNECTOR

SPEAKER

070C533019 SPEAKER

076R0HE04B TRANSMITTER

0163300005 RF UNIT

SIDE

DF5EL3R0A0 DEGAUSS ELEMENT

098Q1404D1 CRT W/DY

CERAMIC

CRYSTAL

CRYSTAL

CAY16-470-J-4R

CAY16-470-J-4R

CAY16-470-J-4R

CAY16-470-J-4R

CAY16-470-J-4R

CAY16-470-J-4R

CAY16-470-J-4R

PIC-37243SR

003P-2100

003P-2100

SG04D11BNA

SG04D11BNA

R56-0485

115-V-K015AR_B

ZPB45BL3R0A

A34AGT13X98(DL)

CSTLS16M0X53-A0

HC-49/U

HC-49U/S or or or

RESISTOR

RC...................

CARBON RESISTOR

CAPACITORS

CC...................

CERAMIC

CE...................

ALUMI ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITOR

CP...................

POLYESTER

CMP................... METAL POLYESTER CAPACITOR

CMPL................ METAL PLASTIC CAPACITOR

CMPP................ METAL POLYPROPYLENE CAPACITOR

J3-2

SPEC.NO.

O/R NO.

M5P2-05V

K465024

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement